Mazda Automobile 2007 CX 7 User Manual

CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page1  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:4 PM  
Black plate (1,1)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page3  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:4 PM  
Black plate (3,1)  
AWord to Mazda Owners  
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete  
customer satisfaction in mind.  
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual  
carefully and follow its recommendations.  
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is  
necessary, that's the place to go.  
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best  
possible service.  
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure  
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.  
Mazda Motor Corporation  
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN  
Important Notes About This Manual  
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you  
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.  
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at  
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.  
Event Data Recorder  
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to  
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better  
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer  
vehicles.  
Air Conditioning and the Environment  
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to  
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find  
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.  
©2006 Mazda Motor Corporation  
Printed in Japan Apr. 2006(Print2)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page4  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (4,1)  
How to Use This Manual  
We want to help you get the most driving  
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's  
manual, when read from cover to cover,  
can do that in many ways.  
NOTE  
A NOTE provides information and  
sometimes suggests how to make better  
use of your vehicle.  
Illustrations complement the words of the  
manual to best explain how to enjoy your  
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can  
find out about the features, important  
safety information, and driving under  
various road conditions.  
The symbol below, located on some parts  
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual  
contains information related to the part.  
Please refer to the manual for a detailed  
explanation.  
The symbol below in this manual means  
Do not do thisor Do not let this  
happen.  
Index: A good place to start is the Index,  
an alphabetical listing of all information  
in your manual.  
You'll find several WARNINGs,  
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.  
WARNING  
A WARNING indicates a situation in  
which serious injury or death could  
result if the warning is ignored.  
CAUTION  
A CAUTION indicates a situation in  
which bodily injury or damage to your  
vehicle, or both, could result if the  
caution is ignored.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page5  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (5,1)  
Table of Contents  
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.  
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint  
systems and SRS air bags.  
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment  
of various parts.  
Important information about driving your Mazda.  
Explanation of instruments and controls.  
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio  
system.  
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.  
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.  
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.  
Technical information about your Mazda.  
Navigation System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page6  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (6,1)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page8  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (8,1)  
Your Vehicle at a Glance  
Interior Overview  
Interior Equipment (View A)  
1-2  
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page9  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (9,1)  
Your Vehicle at a Glance  
Interior Overview  
Interior Equipment (View B)  
Navigation System (if equipped) ...................................... Refer to the end of this manual  
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page10  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (10,1)  
Your Vehicle at a Glance  
Interior Overview  
Interior Equipment (View C)  
Navigation System (if equipped) ...................................... Refer to the end of this manual  
1-4  
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page13  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (13,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
2
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint  
systems and SRS air bags.  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page14  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (14,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
Front Seats (Manually  
Operated Seats)  
WARNING  
Make sure the adjustable components  
of a seat are locked in place:  
WARNING  
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that  
are not securely locked are dangerous.  
In a sudden stop or collision, the seat  
or seatback could move, causing  
injury. Make sure the adjustable  
components of the seat are locked in  
place by attempting to slide the seat  
forward and backward and rocking  
the seatback.  
Do not modify or replace the front  
seats:  
Modifying or replacing the front seats  
such as replacing the upholstery or  
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The  
front seats contain air bag  
components essential to the  
supplemental restraint system. Such  
modifications could damage the  
supplemental restraint system and  
result in serious injury. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is  
any need to remove or reinstall the  
front seats.  
qSeat Slide  
WARNING  
Adjust the driver seat only when the  
vehicle is stopped:  
Adjusting the driver's seat while the  
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The  
driver could lose control of the vehicle  
and have an accident.  
Do not drive with damaged front seats:  
Driving with damaged front seats is  
dangerous. A collision, even one not  
strong enough to inflate the air bags,  
could damage the front seats which  
contain essential air bag components.  
If there was a subsequent collision, an  
air bag may not deploy which could  
lead to injuries. Always have an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the  
front seats, front seat belt  
To move a seat forward or backward, raise  
the lever and slide the seat to the desired  
position and release the lever.  
pretensioners and air bags after a  
collision.  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page15  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (15,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
Make sure the lever returns to its original  
position and the seat is locked in place by  
attempting to push it forward and  
backward.  
WARNING  
Do not drive with the seatback  
unlocked:  
The seatback plays an important role  
in your protection in a vehicle.  
Leaving the seatback unlocked is  
dangerous as it can allow passengers  
to be ejected or thrown around and  
baggage to strike occupants in a  
sudden stop or collision, resulting in  
severe injury. After adjusting the  
seatback at any time, even when there  
are no other passengers, rock the  
seatback to make sure it is locked in  
place.  
qSeat Recline  
WARNING  
Do not drive with the seats reclined:  
Sitting in a reclined position while the  
vehicle is moving is dangerous  
because you don't get the full  
protection from seat belts. During  
sudden braking or a collision, you can  
slide under the lap belt and suffer  
serious internal injuries. For  
maximum protection, sit well back and  
upright.  
To change the seatback angle, lean  
forward slightly while raising the lever.  
Then lean back to the desired position and  
release the lever.  
Always sit in a passenger seat properly  
with the seatback upright and feet on  
the floor:  
If your vehicle is equipped with front  
passenger seat weight sensors, sitting  
in the front passenger seat improperly  
out of position or with the seatback  
reclined too far while the vehicle is  
moving is dangerous as it can take off  
weight from the seat bottom and affect  
the weight determination of the front  
passenger sensing system. As a result  
the front passenger will not have the  
supplementary protection of the air  
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which  
could cause result in serious injury.  
Always sit upright against your  
Make sure the lever returns to its original  
position and the seatback is locked in  
place by attempting to push it forward and  
backward.  
seatback, with your feet on the floor.  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page16  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (16,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
Height adjustment  
CAUTION  
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the  
desired position.  
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-  
catch release, then push the head restraint  
down.  
When returning a rear-reclined seatback  
to its upright position, make sure you  
hold onto the seatback with your other  
hand while operating the lever. If the  
seatback is not supported, it will flip  
forward suddenly and could cause  
injury.  
q
Height Adjustment (Driver's Seat)  
By moving the seat lever up or down, the  
seat bottom height can be adjusted.  
Up  
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is  
even with the top of the passenger's ears,  
never the passenger's neck.  
Down  
qSeat Warmerí  
The front seats are electrically heated. The  
ignition switch must be in the ON  
position.  
qHead Restraint  
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer  
on or off. When the switch is in the ON  
position, the indicator light will come on.  
WARNING  
Always drive with the head restraints  
installed when seats are being used  
and make sure they are properly  
adjusted:  
Driving with the head restraints  
adjusted too low or removed is  
dangerous. With no support behind  
your head, your neck could be  
seriously injured in a collision.  
2-4  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page17  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (17,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
NOTE  
Front Seats (Electrically  
Operated Seats)  
The seat temperature is regulated  
automatically by a thermostat. Other  
than turning it on or off, it cannot be  
adjusted.  
WARNING  
Do not modify or replace the front  
seats:  
Modifying or replacing the front seats  
such as replacing the upholstery or  
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The  
front seats contain air bag  
components essential to the  
supplemental restraint system. Such  
modifications could damage the  
supplemental restraint system and  
result in serious injury. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is  
any need to remove or reinstall the  
front seats.  
Do not drive with damaged front seats:  
Driving with damaged front seats is  
dangerous. A collision, even one not  
strong enough to inflate the air bags,  
could damage the front seats which  
contain essential air bag components.  
If there was a subsequent collision, an  
air bag may not deploy which could  
lead to injuries. Always have an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the  
front seats, front seat belt  
pretensioners and air bags after a  
collision.  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page18  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (18,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
qSeat Recline  
CAUTION  
l
The seat-bottom power adjustment is  
WARNING  
operated by motors. Avoid extended  
operation because excessive use can  
damage the motors.  
Do not drive with the seats reclined:  
Sitting in a reclined position while the  
vehicle is moving is dangerous  
because you don't get the full  
protection from seat belts. During  
sudden braking or a collision, you can  
slide under the lap belt and suffer  
serious internal injuries. For  
maximum protection, sit well back and  
upright.  
l
To prevent the battery from running  
down, avoid using the power  
adjustment when the engine is  
stopped. The adjuster uses a large  
amount of electrical power.  
l
Don't use the switch to make more  
than one adjustment at a time.  
qSeat Slide  
Always sit in a front passenger seat  
properly with the seatback upright and  
feet on the floor:  
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter  
switch on the outside of the seat to the  
front or back and hold it. Release the  
switch at the desired position.  
If your vehicle is equipped with front  
passenger seat weight sensors, sitting  
in the front passenger seat improperly  
out of position or with the seatback  
reclined too far while the vehicle is  
moving is dangerous as it can take off  
weight from the seat bottom and affect  
the weight determination of the front  
passenger sensing system. As a result  
the front passenger will not have the  
supplementary protection of the air  
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which  
could cause result in serious injury.  
Always sit upright against your  
seatback, with your feet on the floor.  
2-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page19  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (19,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
Change the seatback angle by pressing the  
front or rear side of the reclining switch.  
Release the switch at the desired position.  
Rear of seat bottom  
Raise or lower the back of the switch to  
adjust the rear height of the seat bottom.  
Whole seat  
qHeight Adjustment  
Raise the seat by pulling up on the center  
of the switch. Release the switch at the  
desired position.  
Front of seat bottom  
To adjust the front height of the seat  
bottom, raise or lower the front of the  
slide lifter switch on the left side of the  
seat.  
Lower the seat by pressing down on the  
center of the switch. Release the switch at  
the desired position.  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page20  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (20,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
Height adjustment  
qLumbar Support Adjustment  
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the  
desired position.  
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-  
catch release, then push the head restraint  
down.  
To adjust the lumbar support, pull the  
lever forward.  
qHead Restraint  
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is  
even with the top of the passenger's ears,  
never the passenger's neck.  
WARNING  
Always drive with the head restraints  
installed when seats are being used  
and make sure they are properly  
adjusted:  
Driving with the head restraints  
adjusted too low or removed is  
dangerous. With no support behind  
your head, your neck could be  
seriously injured in a collision.  
qSeat Warmerí  
The front seats are electrically heated. The  
ignition switch must be in the ON  
position.  
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer  
on or off. When the switch is in the ON  
position, the indicator light will come on.  
2-8  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page21  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (21,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
NOTE  
Rear Seat  
The seat temperature is regulated  
automatically by a thermostat. Other  
than turning it on or off, it cannot be  
adjusted.  
WARNING  
Do not stack cargo higher than the  
seatbacks:  
Stacking luggage or other cargo  
higher than the seatbacks, and placing  
articles on the rear seat is dangerous.  
During sudden braking or a collision,  
objects can fly around and become  
projectiles that may hit and injure  
passengers.  
Make sure luggage and cargo is  
secured before driving:  
Not securing cargo while driving is  
dangerous as it could move or be  
crushed during sudden braking or a  
collision and cause injury.  
Make sure the adjustable components  
of a seat are locked in place:  
Adjustable seats that are not securely  
locked are dangerous. In a sudden  
stop or collision, the seat or seatback  
could move, causing injury. Make sure  
the adjustable components of the seat  
are locked in place.  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page22  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (22,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback  
WARNING  
The seatbacks can be folded down to  
provide more space in the luggage  
compartment.  
Do not drive with the seatback  
unlocked:  
The seatback plays an important role  
in your protection in a vehicle.  
Leaving the seatback unlocked is  
dangerous as it can allow passengers  
to be ejected or thrown around and  
baggage to strike occupants in a  
sudden stop or collision, resulting in  
severe injury. After returning the  
seatback at any time, even when there  
are no other passengers, rock the  
seatback to make sure it is locked in  
place.  
To fold the seatbacks  
WARNING  
Always remove the child-restraint  
system from the rear seat before  
operating the remote handle levers for  
the rear seat:  
Operating the remote handle levers  
while a rear-facing child-restraint  
system is in the rear seat is dangerous.  
It could cause injury to a child seated  
in the child-restraint system when the  
seatback suddenly flips forward.  
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand  
on the folded seatback while the  
vehicle is moving:  
Driving with a passenger on the folded  
seatback is dangerous. Allowing a  
child to sit up on the folded seatback  
while the vehicle is moving is  
particularly dangerous. In a sudden  
stop or even a minor collision, a child  
not in a proper seat or child-restraint  
system and seat belt could be thrown  
forward, back or even out of the  
vehicle resulting in serious injuries or  
death. The child in the baggage area  
could be thrown into other occupants  
and cause serious injury.  
Make sure there is nobody in the rear  
seat area before operating the remote  
handle levers:  
Not checking the rear seat area for  
persons before folding the seatbacks  
with the remote handle levers is  
dangerous. The rear seat area is  
difficult to see from the rear of the  
vehicle. Operating the remote handle  
levers without checking could cause  
injury to a person when a seatback  
suddenly flips forward.  
CAUTION  
NOTE  
Before folding the seatbacks with the  
remote handle levers, make sure there is  
no cup in a rear cup holder. Folding the  
seatbacks with the remote handle levers  
while a cup is in the cup holder could  
soil or damage the seat bottom and  
seatback.  
When returning a rear seat to its  
original position, also replace the seat  
belt to its normal position. Verify that  
the seat belt pulls out and retracts.  
2-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page23  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (23,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
When using the remote handle levers:  
2. After checking that the rear seats are  
clear, open the liftgate compartment  
and pull the remote handle levers on  
the left and right side of the liftgate  
compartment.  
CAUTION  
Be careful of the following when using  
the remote handle levers:  
l
On a downward slope, the seatback  
could flip forward faster than on a  
flat area.  
l
On an upward slope, the seatback  
may not fold down. When the  
seatbacks cannot be folded down  
with levers, pull the rear seatback  
forward from inside the vehicle.  
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the center-  
rear seat belt (page 2-21).  
When using the rear seatback knobs:  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
When operating the rear seatback knob,  
make sure you support the seatback  
with your hand. If the seatback is not  
supported with your hand, it will flip  
forward suddenly and could cause  
injury to the finger that pushes the rear  
seatback knob down.  
Always unfasten the lap portion of the  
belt before folding left-rear seatback.  
Leaving the lap portion of the belt  
fastened could cause damage to the seat  
belt, buckle and seatback.  
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the center-  
rear seat belt (page 2-21).  
CAUTION  
Always unfasten the lap portion of the  
belt before folding the rear-left  
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of the  
belt fastened could cause damage to the  
seat belt, buckle and seatback.  
2. Support the seatback with your hand.  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page24  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (24,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
3. Push the rear seatback knob down.  
WARNING  
When returning the seatback to the  
upright position, make sure there is no  
red indication:  
A rear seatback not fully returned and  
locked in the upright position is  
dangerous. Sudden stops or  
maneuvering could cause a seatback  
to flip forward suddenly resulting in  
injury. If the red indicator is visible on  
the back of the rear seatback knob, the  
seatback is not locked in the upright  
position.  
To return the seatbacks to the upright  
position  
Locked position  
1. Lift the seatbacks upright.  
2. Pull on the top of the seatbacks from  
inside the vehicle to make sure they are  
locked.  
3. Fasten the center-rear lap/shoulder belt  
and check that all seat belts are routed  
properly for passenger use (page 2-21).  
Unlocked position  
Red indicator  
WARNING  
Always make sure the seat belts are  
fully pulled out from under the  
seatbacks:  
qHead Restraint  
A seat belt caught under a seatback  
after the seatback is returned to its  
upright position is dangerous. In a  
collision or sudden stop, the seat belt  
cannot provide adequate protection.  
WARNING  
Always drive with the head restraints  
installed when seats are being used  
and make sure they are properly  
adjusted:  
Driving with the head restraints  
adjusted too low or removed is  
dangerous. With no support behind  
your head, your neck could be  
seriously injured in a collision.  
2-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page25  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (25,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seats  
Height adjustment  
To use a head restraint, pull it up to the  
locked position.  
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-  
catch release, then push the head restraint  
down.  
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is  
even with the top of the passenger's ears,  
never the passenger's neck.  
qArmrest  
The rear armrest in the center of the rear  
seatback can be used (no occupant in the  
center seat) or placed upright.  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page26  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (26,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
Seat Belt Precautions  
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden  
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.  
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way  
when not in use.  
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an  
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a  
collision.  
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two  
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.  
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front  
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make  
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.  
WARNING  
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:  
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not  
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out  
of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision,  
occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.  
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:  
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing  
of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a  
collision. Front air bags and pretensioners work together, regardless of whether or not  
a front seat was occupied during a collision, or whether or not any air bag and seat  
belt pretensioner deployed all front seat belts and air bags must be inspected and  
replaced if necessary. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems  
in use during an accident before they are used again.  
Do not wear twisted seat belts:  
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not  
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,  
which could cause serious injury or death.  
2-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page27  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (27,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
WARNING  
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:  
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used  
in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be  
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more  
than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly  
restrained.  
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person  
wearing a seat belt.  
CAUTION  
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them  
clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to Cleaning the Lap/Shoulder  
Belt Webbing(page 8-51).  
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions  
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific  
recommendations.  
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.  
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the  
stomach area.  
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your  
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page28  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (28,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
qEmergency Locking Mode  
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the  
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will  
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by  
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable  
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking  
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return to the belt to the more  
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level  
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it  
around you again.  
qAutomatic Locking Mode  
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to  
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,  
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will  
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child  
restraint (page 2-27).  
2-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page29  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (29,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
Seat Belt (Except Center-  
Rear Position)  
WARNING  
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of  
the Seat Belt:  
NOTE  
Improper positioning of the shoulder  
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.  
Always make sure the shoulder  
portion of the seat belt is positioned  
across your shoulder and near your  
neck, but never under your arm, on  
your neck, or on your upper arm.  
When using the center-rear seat belt,  
refer to Center-Rear Position Seat  
Belt(page 2-21).  
qFastening the Seat Belt  
1. Grasp the tongue.  
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,  
not on the abdominal area, then adjust  
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly  
against your body.  
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.  
Belt  
Tongue  
Take up slack  
Keep low on  
hip bone  
Too high  
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until  
you hear a click.  
WARNING  
Tongue  
Positioning the Lap Portion of the  
Seat Belt:  
The lap portion of the seat belt worn  
too high is dangerous. In a collision,  
this would concentrate the impact  
force directly on the abdominal area,  
causing serious injury. Wear the lap  
portion of the belt snugly and as low  
as possible.  
Buckle  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page30  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (30,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
qUnfastening the Seat Belt  
qShoulder Belt Adjuster  
Depress the button on the buckle. If the  
belt does not fully retract, pull it out and  
check for kinks or twists. Then make sure  
it remains untwisted as it retracts.  
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if  
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it  
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.  
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push  
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt  
adjuster, pull the adjuster and slide it  
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.  
Button  
NOTE  
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it  
for kinks and twists. If it is still not  
retracting properly, have it inspected at  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
WARNING  
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of  
the Seat Belt:  
Improper positioning of the shoulder  
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.  
Always make sure the shoulder  
portion of the seat belt is positioned  
across your shoulder and near your  
neck, but never under your arm, on  
your neck, or on your upper arm.  
2-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page31  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (31,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner  
and Load Limiting Systems  
WARNING  
Do not use seat belts with expended  
pretensioners:  
One or both front air bags may deploy,  
and the corresponding pretensioner(s)  
will also deploy at the same time. Use  
of front seat belts with the  
For optimum protection, the driver and  
front passenger seat belts are equipped  
with pretensioner and load limiting  
systems.  
In moderate or severe frontal or near-  
frontal collision or roll-over accidents, the  
front air bag and pretensioner systems  
deploy simultaneously. The front seat belt  
retractors remove slack quickly as the air  
bags are expanding. The seat belt  
pretensioner system cannot provide  
adequate protection in an accident if the  
seat belt is not fastened properly. The load  
limiting system releases belt webbing in a  
controlled manner to reduce belt force on  
the occupant's chest.  
In addition, the pretensioner system for  
the front passenger is designed to only  
deploy in accordance with the total seated  
weight on the front passenger seat. For  
details, refer to the driver and front  
passenger occupant classification system  
(page 2-58).  
pretensioner system expended is  
dangerous. Like the air bags, the seat  
belt pretensioners will only function  
once. After they are expended, they  
will not function again and must be  
replaced immediately. If the seat belt  
pretensioners are not replaced, the  
risk of injury in a collision will  
increase. Always have an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt  
pretensioners and air bags after any  
collision. Expended seat belt  
pretensioners and air bags must be  
replaced after any collision which  
caused them to deploy. Additionally,  
the load limiter will only limit loads on  
the chest once in a collision and this is  
another reason to have the front seat  
belts inspected.  
WARNING  
Do not modify the components or  
wiring, or use electronic testing  
Wear seat belts only as recommended  
in this owner's manual:  
Incorrect positioning of the driver and  
front passenger seat belts is  
devices on the pretensioner system:  
Modifying the components or wiring  
of the pretensioner system, including  
the use of electronic testing devices is  
dangerous. You could accidentally  
activate it or make it inoperable which  
would prevent it from activating in an  
accident. The occupants or repairers  
could be seriously injured.  
dangerous. Without proper  
positioning, the pretensioner and load  
limiting systems cannot provide  
adequate protection in an accident  
and this could result in serious injury.  
For more details about wearing seat  
belts, refer to Fastening the seat  
belts(page 2-17).  
2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page32  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (32,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt  
Pretensioner System Warning Light  
WARNING  
Properly dispose of the pretensioner  
system:  
Improper disposal of the pretensioner  
system or a vehicle with non-  
deactivated pretensioners is  
dangerous. Unless all safety  
procedures are followed, injury could  
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer how to safely dispose of the  
pretensioner system or how to scrap a  
pretensioner-equipped vehicle.  
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner  
system is normal, the warning light  
illuminates when the ignition switch is  
turned to the ON position or after the  
engine is cranked. For a specified period  
of time it goes out.  
NOTE  
A system malfunction is indicated when  
the warning light constantly flashes,  
constantly illuminates or doesn't  
illuminate at all when the ignition switch  
is turned to the ON position. If any of  
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer as soon as possible. The system  
may not work in an accident.  
l
The pretensioner system will activate  
in a moderate or severe frontal, near-  
frontal collision or roll-over accident.  
It will not activate in most side or  
rear impacts.  
l
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be  
released when the air bags and  
pretensioners deploy. This does not  
indicate a fire. This gas normally has  
no effect on occupants, however,  
those with sensitive skin may  
experience light skin irritation. If  
residue from the deployment of the  
air bags or the front pretensioner  
system gets on the skin or in the  
eyes, wash it off as soon as possible.  
WARNING  
Never tamper with the air bag/  
pretensioner systems and always have  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform  
all servicing and repairs:  
Self-servicing or tampering with the  
systems is dangerous. An air bag/  
pretensioner could accidentally  
activate or become disabled causing  
serious injury or death.  
2-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page33  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (33,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt  
Pretensioner System Warning Beep  
Center-Rear Position Seat  
Belt  
If a malfunction is detected in both the air  
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system  
and the warning light, a warning beep  
sound will be heard for about 1 minute.  
After that, the one-minute beep will be  
repeated every 30 minutes.  
Before using the center-rear lap/shoulder  
belt make sure tongue (A) and anchor  
buckle (B) are fastened.  
(A)  
(B)  
Have your vehicle inspected at an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible.  
WARNING  
Do not drive the vehicle with the air  
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system  
warning beep sounding:  
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/  
front seat belt pretensioner system  
warning beep sounding is dangerous.  
In a collision, the air bags and the  
front seat belt pretensioner system will  
not deploy and this could result in  
death or serious injury.  
qFastening the Seat Belt  
1. Grasp the tongue (C).  
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.  
3. Insert the tongue (C) into the buckle  
(D) until you hear a click.  
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer  
to have the vehicle inspected as soon  
as possible.  
(A)  
(C)  
(B)  
(D)  
2-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page34  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (34,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
WARNING  
WARNING  
Fastening the Center-Rear Seat Belt  
with Only One Buckle:  
Positioning the Lap Portion of the  
Seat Belt:  
Fastening the center-rear seat belt  
with only one buckle is dangerous. If  
only one pair of seat belt tongue and  
buckle, either tongue (A) and anchor  
buckle (B) or tongue (C) and anchor  
buckle (D), is fastened, the seat belt  
cannot provide full protection. In a  
sudden stop or collision, the user  
could slide under the belt and suffer  
serious injuries. Always make sure  
that both pairs of seat belt tongues and  
buckles are fastened properly.  
The lap portion of the seat belt worn  
too high is dangerous. In a collision,  
this would concentrate the impact  
force directly on the abdominal area,  
causing serious injury. Wear the lap  
portion of the belt snugly and as low  
as possible.  
qUnfastening the Seat Belt  
Depress the button on the buckle. If the  
belt does not fully retract, pull it out and  
check for kinks or twists. Then make sure  
it remains untwisted as it retracts.  
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of  
the Seat Belt:  
Improper positioning of the shoulder  
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.  
Always make sure the shoulder  
portion of the seat belt is positioned  
across your shoulder and near your  
neck, but never under your arm, on  
your neck, or on your upper arm.  
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,  
not on the abdominal area, then adjust  
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly  
against your body.  
Button  
NOTE  
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it  
for kinks and twists. If it is still not  
retracting properly, have it inspected at  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
2-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page35  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (35,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
qUnfastening the Lap Portion of  
qFastening the Lap Portion of the  
the Seat Belt  
Seat Belt  
Insert a small object such as a key in the  
anchor buckle (B) slot.  
Grasp tongue (A) and insert it into the  
anchor buckle (B) until you hear a click. It  
is now secure for passenger use.  
(A)  
(B)  
NOTE  
After returning the left-rear seatback to  
its upright position, fasten the lap  
portion of the belt.  
qStowing and pulling out the  
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt  
The center-rear position seat belt can be  
stowed using the following procedure.  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
Always unfasten the lap portion of the  
belt before folding the left-rear  
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of the  
belt fastened could cause damage to the  
seat belt, buckle and seatback.  
When stowing the seat belt, make sure  
the belt is locked securely into the  
recess. If the seat belt is not locked  
securely, it could fall down suddenly  
and cause injury.  
NOTE  
To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, put  
tongues (A) and (C) together and insert  
them into the recess.  
To encourage rear seat passengers to  
wear their seat belts, we suggest leaving  
the center-rear lap position of the belt  
fastened at all times except when  
folding the rear seat forward.  
Ceiling recess  
(A)  
(C)  
2-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page36  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (36,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
To pull out the seat belt, slide tongue (A)  
with your finger while moving it  
downward, and slowly pull out the seat  
belt from the ceiling recess.  
Seat Belt Extender  
If your seat belt is not long enough, even  
when fully extended, a seat belt extender  
may be available to you at no charge from  
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
This extender will be only for you and for  
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it  
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold  
in the critical moment of a crash.  
When ordering an extender, only order  
one that provides the necessary additional  
length to fasten the seat belt properly.  
Please contact your Authorized Mazda  
Dealer for more information.  
WARNING  
Do not use a seat belt extender unless  
it is necessary:  
Using a seat belt extender when not  
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt  
will be too long and not fit properly. In  
an accident, the seat belt will not  
provide adequate protection and you  
could be seriously injured. Only use  
the extender when it is required to  
fasten the seat belt properly.  
Do not use an improper extender:  
Using a seat belt extender that is for  
another person or a different vehicle  
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt will  
not provide adequate protection and  
the user could be seriously injured in  
an accident. Only use the extender  
provided for you and for the particular  
vehicle and seat. NEVER use the  
extender in a different vehicle or seat.  
2-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page37  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (37,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep  
WARNING  
Do not use an extender that is too  
long:  
Using an extender that is too long is  
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit  
properly. In an accident, the seat belt  
will not provide adequate protection  
and you could be seriously injured. Do  
not use the extender or choose one  
shorter in length if the distance  
between the extender's buckle and the  
center of the user's body is less than  
15cm (6 in).  
The seat belt warning light illuminates  
and a beep sound will be heard if the  
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position.  
Conditions of operation  
Condition  
Result  
NOTE  
The driver's seat belt is not The warning light  
fastened when the ignition flashes and a beep  
switch is turned to the ON sound will be heard  
When not in use, remove the seat belt  
extender and store it in the vehicle. If  
the seat belt extender is left connected,  
the seat belt extender might get  
damaged as it will not retract with the  
rest of the seat belt and can easily fall  
out of the door when not in use and be  
damaged. In addition, the seat belt  
warning light will not illuminate and  
function properly.  
position.  
for about 6 seconds.  
The driver's seat belt is  
fastened while the warning  
light and the beep sound are  
activated.  
The warning light  
turns off and the beep  
sound stops.  
The driver's seat belt is  
fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the  
switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be  
The warning light will  
position.  
heard.  
qBelt Minder  
NOTE  
The belt minder can be deactivated.  
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to  
deactivate and restore the seat belt  
minder.  
2-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page38  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (38,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Seat Belt Systems  
Driver's seat  
Front passenger seat  
The belt minder is a supplemental  
warning to the seat belt warning function.  
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened  
when the ignition switch is turned to the  
ON position, the warning light/beep  
operates to give you further reminders  
according to the chart below.  
The seat belt warning light/beep reminds  
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt  
according to the chart below.  
Vehicle speed  
Between 0 20  
km/h  
(0 12 mph)  
20 km/h  
(12 mph) or  
more  
Condition  
Seat belt  
(Driver)  
Vehicle speed  
Between 0 20  
km/h  
20 km/h  
(12 mph) or  
more  
Condition  
Seat belt  
(Passenger)  
(0 12 mph)  
Indicator  
Beep  
Seat belt  
Indicator  
Beep  
: Fastened  
: Unfastened  
: Illuminated  
: Flashing  
: Beep  
: Fastened  
: Unfastened  
: Illuminated  
: Flashing  
: Beep  
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues  
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers  
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the  
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound  
period has passed.  
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues  
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers  
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the  
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound  
period has passed.  
NOTE  
l
To allow the front passenger seat  
weight sensor to function properly,  
do not place and sit on an additional  
seat cushion on the front passenger  
seat. The sensor may not function  
properly because the additional seat  
cushion could cause sensor  
interference.  
l
Package or pets on the front  
passenger seat might give you a false  
warning. If you place the luggage or  
others on the front passenger seat,  
the warning light operates depending  
on its weight.  
2-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page39  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (39,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
Child Restraint Precautions  
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use  
them.  
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.  
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety  
of children riding in your vehicle.  
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age  
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual  
child-restraint system.  
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,  
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to  
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the  
child is seated on the center seat.  
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,  
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).  
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air  
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other  
child-restraint systems.  
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, your  
vehicle is equipped with the front passenger seat weight sensors. These sensors deactivate  
the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt  
pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than  
approximately 30 kg (66 lb).  
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front  
passenger air bag, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light  
illuminates.  
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be  
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear  
seats which are the best place for children.  
For more details, refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors(page 2-58).  
2-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page40  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (40,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
WARNING  
Use the correct size child-restraint system:  
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be  
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and  
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.  
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system  
buckled down:  
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it  
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure  
any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint  
system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or  
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH  
child-restraint systems, and attach the corresponding tether anchor.  
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:  
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No  
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden  
stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other  
occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces  
that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed  
into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.  
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that  
could deploy:  
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even  
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on  
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.  
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently  
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.  
2-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page41  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (41,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
WARNING  
Avoid putting a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat:  
A front-facing child-restraint system should only be put on the front seat when it is  
unavoidable. In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury  
or death to the child. Always move the seat as far back as possible.  
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:  
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with front  
passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child,  
using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following  
conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could  
result in serious injury or death to the child.  
l
The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front  
passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-  
restraint system.  
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint  
l
system.  
l
A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger  
seatback.  
l
A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.  
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.  
The seat is washed.  
Liquids are spilled on the seat.  
l
l
l
l
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items  
placed behind it.  
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.  
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.  
Any accessories increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are  
l
l
l
attached to the front passenger seat.  
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for  
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.  
2-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page42  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (42,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
WARNING  
Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and  
curtain air bags:  
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of  
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along  
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint  
system is used. If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of  
inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning over  
or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the  
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional side  
air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location for  
children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if the child  
is seated in a child-restraint system.  
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:  
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used  
in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be  
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more  
than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly  
restrained.  
Always remove the child-restraint system from the rear seat before operating the  
remote handle levers for the rear seat:  
Operating the remote handle levers while a rear-facing child-restraint system is in the  
rear seat is dangerous. It could cause injury to a child seated in the child-restraint  
system when the seatback suddenly flips forward.  
CAUTION  
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during  
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child  
touches them.  
NOTE  
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially  
designed LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to  
secure a child-restraint system, refer to LATCH Child-Restraint Systems(page 2-40).  
2-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page43  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (43,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
Installing Child-Restraint  
Systems  
WARNING  
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems  
Work Only on Tether-Equipped Rear  
Seats:  
Accident statistics reveal that a child is  
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's  
seat is clearly the worst choice for any  
child under 12, and with rear-facing child-  
restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to  
air bags.  
Installation of a tether equipped child-  
restraint system in the front  
passenger's seat defeats the safety  
design of the system and will result in  
an increased chance of serious injury  
if the child-restraint system goes  
forward without benefit of being  
tethered.  
Some child-restraint systems now come  
with tethers and therefore must be  
installed on the seats that take tethers to  
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered  
child-restraint systems can only be  
accommodated in the three positions on  
the rear seat.  
Place tether equipped child-restraint  
systems where there are tether  
anchors.  
qRear Outboard Seat Child-  
Even if your vehicle is equipped with  
front passenger seat weight sensors (page  
2-58), which automatically deactivates the  
front passenger air bag, a rear seat is the  
safest place for a child of any age or size.  
Restraint System Installation  
Follow these instructions when using a  
child-restraint system, unless you are  
attaching a LATCH-equipped child-  
restraint system to the rear LATCH lower  
anchors. Refer to LATCH Child-  
Restraint Systems(page 2-40).  
Some child-restraint systems also employ  
specially designed LATCH attachments;  
refer to LATCH Child-Restraint  
Systems(page 2-40).  
NOTE  
Follow the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If  
you are not sure whether you have a  
LATCH system or tether, check in the  
child-restraint system manufacturer's  
instructions and follow them  
accordingly. Depending on the type of  
child-restraint system, it may not  
employ seat belts which are in  
automatic locking mode.  
2-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page44  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (44,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
1. Make sure the seatback is securely  
latched by pushing it back until it is  
fully locked.  
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly  
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt  
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking  
from the retractor will be heard during  
retraction if the system is in the  
automatic locking mode. If the belt  
does not lock the seat down tight,  
repeat this step.  
2. Secure the child-restraint system with  
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.  
See the manufacturer's instructions on  
the child-restraint system for belt  
routing instructions.  
3. To get the retractor into the automatic  
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt  
portion of the seat belt until the entire  
length of the belt is out of the retractor.  
NOTE  
Inspect this function before each use of  
the child-restraint system. You should  
not be able to pull the shoulder belt out  
of the retractor while the system is in  
the automatic locking mode. When you  
remove the child-restraint system, be  
sure the belt fully retracts to return the  
system to emergency locking mode  
before occupants use the seat belts.  
5. If your child-restraint system requires  
the use of a tether strap, hook and  
tighten the tether strap after raising the  
head restraint by following the  
manufacturer's instructions.  
2-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page45  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (45,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
Anchor bracket location  
WARNING  
Use the tether and tether anchor only  
for a child-restraint system:  
Using the tether or tether anchor to  
secure anything but a child-restraint  
system is dangerous. This could  
weaken or damage the tether or tether  
anchor and result in injury.  
Always route the tether strap between  
the head restraint and the seatback:  
Routing the tether strap on top of the  
head restraint is dangerous. In a  
collision the tether strap could slide off  
the head restraint and loosen the  
child-restraint system. The child-  
restraint system could move which  
may result in death or injury to the  
child.  
Tether strap position  
Tether strap  
qCenter-Rear Seat Child-Restraint  
System Installation  
Follow these instructions when using a  
child-restraint system, unless you are  
attaching a LATCH-equipped child-  
restraint system to the rear LATCH lower  
anchors. Refer to LATCH Child-  
Restraint Systems(page 2-40).  
NOTE  
Follow the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If  
you are not sure whether you have a  
LATCH system or tether, check in the  
child-restraint system manufacturer's  
instructions and follow them  
accordingly. Depending on the type of  
child-restraint system, it may not  
employ seat belts which are in  
automatic locking mode.  
2-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page46  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (46,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
1. Make sure the seatback is securely  
latched by pushing it back until it is  
fully locked.  
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly  
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt  
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking  
from the retractor will be heard during  
retraction if the system is in the  
automatic locking mode. If the belt  
does not lock the seat down tight,  
repeat this step.  
2. Secure the child-restraint system with  
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.  
See the manufacturer's instructions on  
the child-restraint system for belt  
routing instructions.  
3. To get the retractor into the automatic  
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt  
portion of the seat belt until the entire  
length of the belt is out of the retractor.  
NOTE  
Inspect this function before each use of  
the child-restraint system. You should  
not be able to pull the shoulder belt out  
of the retractor while the system is in  
the automatic locking mode. When you  
remove the child-restraint system, be  
sure the belt fully retracts to return the  
system to emergency locking mode  
before occupants use the seat belts.  
2-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page47  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (47,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
5. If your child-restraint system requires  
the use of a tether strap, hook and  
tighten the tether strap. First, remove  
the anchor bracket cover on the rear  
end trim.  
7. Fold the trunk board into the position  
shown in the figure.  
8. Latch the hook onto the anchor  
bracket, and tighten the tether strap  
following the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions.  
6. Flip over the trunk board.  
Trunk board  
9. Push the trunk board down to its  
original position.  
2-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page48  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (48,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat  
WARNING  
for Children  
If you cannot put all children in the rear  
seat, at least put the smallest children in  
the rear and be sure the largest child up  
front uses the shoulder belt over the  
shoulder.  
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint  
system on the front passenger seat, even  
with a seat weight sensor equipped  
vehicle.  
This seat is also not set up for tethered  
child-restraint systems, put them in one of  
the rear seat positions set up with tether  
anchors.  
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint  
system cannot be secured in the front  
passenger's seat and should be used in the  
rear seat.  
Don't allow anyone to sleep against the  
side window if you have an optional side  
and curtain air bag, it could cause serious  
injuries to an out of position occupant. As  
children more often sleep in cars, it is  
better to put them in the rear seat. If  
installing the child-restraint system on the  
front seat is unavoidable, follow these  
instructions when using a front-facing  
child-restraint system in the front  
passenger's seat.  
Use the tether and tether anchor only  
for a child-restraint system:  
Using the tether or tether anchor to  
secure anything but a child-restraint  
system is dangerous. This could  
weaken or damage the tether or tether  
anchor and result in injury.  
Always route the tether strap for the  
center-rear seat position to the correct  
tether anchor position:  
Routing the tether strap for the center-  
rear seat position to one of the other  
tether anchor positions on the  
outboard seatbacks is dangerous. In a  
collision, the tether strap could slide  
and loosen the child-restraint system.  
The child-restraint system could move  
which may result in death or injury to  
the child.  
2-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page49  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (49,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
NOTE  
WARNING  
l
To check if your front seats have side  
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint  
system in the front seat with an air bag  
that could deploy:  
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on  
the front seat are particularly  
dangerous.  
Even in a moderate collision, the  
child-restraint system can be hit by a  
deploying air bag and moved violently  
backward resulting in serious injury  
or death to the child. Even though you  
may feel assured that the front  
passenger air bag will not deploy  
based on the fact that the front  
passenger air bag deactivation  
indicator light illuminates.  
air bags:  
Mazda vehicles equipped with side  
air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG”  
tag on the outboard shoulder of the  
front seats.  
l
To check if your vehicle has curtain  
air bags:  
Every Mazda curtain air bag will  
have an SRS AIRBAGmarking on  
the front and rear window pillars  
along the roof edge.  
WARNING  
Always move the front passenger seat  
as far back as possible if installing a  
front-facing child-restraint system on  
it is unavoidable:  
As your vehicle has front air bags and  
doubly so if your vehicle has side air  
bags, a front-facing child-restraint  
system should be put on the front  
passenger seat only when it is  
unavoidable.  
Even if the front passenger air bag  
deactivation indicator light  
illuminates, always move the seat as  
far back as possible, because the force  
of a deploying air bag could cause  
serious injury or death to the child.  
2-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page50  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (50,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
qFront Passenger's Seat Child-  
WARNING  
Restraint System Installation  
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.  
Do not allow a child to lean over or  
against the side window of a vehicle  
with side and curtain air bags:  
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean  
over or against the side window, the  
area of the front passenger seat, the  
front and rear window pillars and the  
roof edge along both sides from which  
the side and curtain air bags deploy,  
even if a child-restraint system is used.  
If the vehicle is equipped with side and  
curtain air bags, the impact of  
inflation could cause serious injury or  
death to the child. Furthermore,  
leaning over or against the front door  
could block the side and curtain air  
bags and eliminate the advantages of  
supplemental protection. With the  
front air bag and the additional side  
air bag that comes out of the front  
seat, the rear seat is always a better  
location for children. Do not allow a  
child to lean over or against the side  
window, even if the child is seated in a  
child-restraint system.  
2. Secure the child-restraint system with  
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.  
See the manufacturer's instructions on  
the child-restraint system for belt  
routing instructions.  
3. To get the retractor into the automatic  
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt  
portion of the seat belt until the entire  
length of the belt is out of the retractor.  
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly  
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt  
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking  
from the retractor will be heard during  
retraction if the system is in automatic  
locking mode. If the belt does not lock  
the seat down tight, repeat the previous  
step and also this one.  
2-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page51  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (51,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
NOTE  
WARNING  
l
Inspect this function before each use  
Seating a Child in a Child-Restraint  
System on the Front Passenger Seat  
With the Front Passenger Air Bag  
Deactivation Indicator Light Not  
Illuminated:  
While it is always better to install any  
child-restraint system on the rear seat,  
it is essential to do so if the front  
passenger air bag deactivation  
indicator light does not illuminate  
(page 2-58). Seating a child in a child-  
restraint system installed on the front  
passenger seat with the front  
of the child-restraint system. You  
should not be able to pull the  
shoulder belt out of the retractor  
while the system is in the automatic  
locking mode. When you remove the  
child-restraint system, be sure the  
belt fully retracts to return the system  
to emergency locking mode before  
occupants use the seat belts.  
l
Follow the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions carefully.  
Depending on the type of child-  
restraint system, it may not employ  
seat belts which are in automatic  
locking mode.  
passenger air bag deactivation  
indicator light not illuminated is  
dangerous. If this indicator light does  
not illuminate even when the total  
seated weight is less than  
5. Make sure the front passenger air bag  
deactivation indicator light illuminates  
after installing a child-restraint system  
on the front passenger seat.  
approximately 30 kg (66 lb), this  
means that the front passenger front  
and side air bags, and seat belt  
pretensioner are ready for deployment.  
If an accident were to deploy an air  
bag, a child sitting in the front  
passenger seat could be seriously  
injured or killed. If the indicator light  
does not illuminate after installing a  
child-restraint system on the front  
passenger seat, install the child-  
restraint system on the rear seat and  
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer  
as soon as possible.  
Refer to Front passenger air bag  
deactivation indicator light on page  
2-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page52  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (52,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems  
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed  
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the  
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems  
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you  
must use it to better assure your child's safety.  
WARNING  
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:  
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it  
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure  
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint  
system manufacturer's instructions.  
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:  
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.  
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint system  
attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the seat  
position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is  
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.  
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:  
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it  
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the  
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat  
just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an  
improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten  
it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-  
restraint systems.  
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-  
restraint system:  
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing  
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the  
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and  
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move  
in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other  
occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat  
belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the  
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.  
2-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page53  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (53,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
Anchor bracket location  
q
Child-Restraint System Installation  
Procedure (Rear Outboard Seats)  
1. Make sure the seatback is securely  
latched by pushing it back until it is  
fully locked.  
2. Expand the open seams on the rear of  
the seat bottom slightly to verify the  
locations of the LATCH lower anchors.  
Tether strap position  
Tether strap  
NOTE  
The markings above the LATCH lower  
anchors indicate the locations of  
LATCH lower anchors for the  
attachment of a child-restraint system.  
3. Secure the child-restraint system using  
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,  
following the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instruction.  
4. If your child-restraint system came  
equipped with a tether, that probably  
means it is very important to properly  
secure the tether for child safety, please  
carefully follow the child-restraint  
system manufacturer's instructions  
when installing tethers.  
2-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page54  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (54,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
q
Child-Restraint System Installation  
Procedure (Center-Rear Seat)  
WARNING  
The LATCH lower anchors at the center  
of the rear seat are much further apart than  
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for  
child-restraint system installation at other  
seating positions. Child-restraint systems  
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be  
installed on the center seating position.  
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint  
systems can be placed in the center  
Use the tether and tether anchor only  
for a child-restraint system:  
Using the tether or tether anchor to  
secure anything but a child-restraint  
system is dangerous. This could  
weaken or damage the tether or tether  
anchor and result in injury.  
Always route the tether strap between  
the head restraint and the seatback:  
Routing the tether strap on top of the  
head restraint is dangerous. In a  
collision the tether strap could slide off  
the head restraint and loosen the  
child-restraint system. The child-  
restraint system could move which  
may result in death or injury to the  
child.  
position and will reach the nearest  
LATCH lower anchors which are 400 mm  
(15.75 in) apart. LATCH compatible  
child-restraint systems (with attachments  
on belt webbing) can be used at this  
seating position only if the child-restraint  
system manufacturer's instructions state  
that the child-restraint system can be  
installed to LATCH lower anchors that are  
400 mm (15.75 in) apart. Do not attach  
two child-restraint systems to the same  
LATCH lower anchor. If your child-  
restraint system has a tether, it must also  
be used for your child's optimum safety.  
1. Make sure the seatback is securely  
latched by pushing it back until it is  
fully locked.  
2-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page55  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (55,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
2. Expand the open seams on the rear of  
the seat bottom slightly to verify the  
locations of the LATCH lower anchors.  
4. If your child-restraint system came  
equipped with a tether, that probably  
means it is very important to properly  
secure the tether for child safety. First,  
remove the anchor bracket cover on the  
rear end trim.  
NOTE  
The markings above the LATCH lower  
anchors indicate the locations of  
LATCH lower anchors for the  
5. Flip over the trunk board.  
Trunk board  
attachment of a child-restraint system.  
3. Secure the child-restraint system using  
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,  
following the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions.  
2-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page56  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (56,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
Child Restraint  
6. Fold the trunk board into the position  
shown in the figure.  
WARNING  
Use the tether and tether anchor only  
for a child-restraint system:  
Using the tether or tether anchor to  
secure anything but a child-restraint  
system is dangerous. This could  
weaken or damage the tether or tether  
anchor and result in injury.  
Always route the tether strap for the  
center-rear seat position to the correct  
tether anchor position:  
Routing the tether strap for the center-  
rear seat position to one of the other  
tether anchor positions on the  
outboard seatbacks is dangerous. In a  
collision, the tether strap could slide  
and loosen the child-restraint system.  
The child-restraint system could move  
which may result in death or injury to  
the child.  
7. Latch the hook onto the anchor  
bracket, and tighten the tether strap  
following the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions.  
8. Push the trunk board down to its  
original position.  
2-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page57  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (57,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions  
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags (verifySRS AIRBAG”  
location indicator marks).  
They are located in:  
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)  
l
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)  
l
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)  
l
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)  
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection  
in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways:  
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.  
Seat belt usage is necessary to:  
l
Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.  
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag  
inflation, such as rear impact.  
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions or roll-over  
accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.  
l
Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.  
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the  
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.  
l
Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.  
Your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant  
classification system. For details, refer to the driver and front passenger occupant  
classification system (page 2-58).  
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every  
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint  
system (page 2-27).  
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the  
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system  
manufacturer's instructions.  
2-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page58  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (58,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:  
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone,  
air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to  
inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, side collisions or roll-  
over accident that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat  
belts.  
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:  
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be  
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front  
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front  
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against  
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-side collision. Whenever  
possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seats with an  
appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.  
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that  
could deploy:  
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even  
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on  
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.  
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently  
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.  
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:  
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or  
feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags inflate  
with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The  
driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The front seat  
passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should adjust their  
seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat  
belts worn properly.  
2-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page59  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (59,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:  
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them and sleeping up  
against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side and  
curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expand along the door on  
the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the  
door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front  
seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of  
the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.  
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags  
deploy:  
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing  
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere with  
air bag inflation and injure the occupants.  
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:  
Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the  
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air  
bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added  
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is  
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open spewing exhaust.  
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats.  
Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your  
front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.  
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:  
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the  
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof  
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the  
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the  
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting  
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open  
spewing exhaust.  
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,  
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to  
deploy in the event of a side collision or roll-over accident.  
2-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page60  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (60,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:  
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The side and  
curtain air bag wiring could be damaged, and in the event of a side collision, the side  
and curtain air bags may not deploy, which could result in death or serious injury. To  
prevent damage to the side and curtain air bag wiring, do not place luggage or other  
objects under the front seats.  
Do not touch the internal components of the air bag modules after the bags have  
inflated:  
Hot air bag inflators are dangerous. Immediately after inflation, the inflators in the  
steering wheel, dashboard, seatbacks, or the front and rear window pillars and along  
the roof edge are very hot. You could get burned.  
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:  
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull  
bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air  
bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate  
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident. Front  
occupants could be seriously injured.  
Do not modify the suspension:  
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the  
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or  
roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the  
possibility of serious injuries.  
Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda:  
Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda (page 10-6) is  
dangerous. Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle's accident detections system  
from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or  
unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.  
Do not overload your vehicle:  
Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as is could prevent the air bag crash sensor  
system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect  
or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries. The gross  
axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your  
vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver's door frame. Do  
not exceed these ratings.  
2-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page61  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (61,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Do not drive the vehicle off-road:  
Driving your Mazda off-road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed  
to do such. Driving the vehicle off-road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system  
from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or  
unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.  
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:  
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is  
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make any  
modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,  
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra  
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda  
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front  
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the  
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front  
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an  
undamaged air bag connection.  
NOTE  
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be  
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may  
cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.  
l
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems  
and that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is  
important.  
2-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page62  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (62,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Supplemental Restraint System Components  
(3)  
(4)  
(2)  
(5)  
(6)  
(1)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
(12)  
(3)  
(11)  
(8)  
(8)  
(9)  
(10)  
(1) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-58)  
(2) Side and curtain inflators and air bags  
(3) Driver/Front passenger dual stage inflators and air bags  
(4) Air bag/front seat belt pretentioner system warning light (page 2-54)  
(5) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)  
(6) Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-58)  
(7) Front air bag sensor  
(8) Side crash sensor  
(9) Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-19)  
(10) Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-58)  
(11) Front passenger seat weight sensor control module  
(12) Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-62)  
2-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page63  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (63,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
How the SRS Air Bags Work  
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are  
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.  
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to  
the seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.  
qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners  
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near  
frontal collisions or roll-over accidents.  
qDriver Air Bag  
The driver air bag is mounted in the steering wheels.  
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, the  
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest  
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.  
The driver, dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an  
impact of moderate severity the driver air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during  
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.  
2-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page64  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (64,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
qFront Passenger Air Bag  
The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard.  
The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag,  
as mentioned above. In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in  
accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the  
driver and front passenger occupant classification system (page 2-58).  
qSide Air Bags  
The side bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.  
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the  
system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side air  
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by  
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window. In addition, the front passenger side  
air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front  
passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification  
system (page 2-58).  
2-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page65  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (65,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
qCurtain Air Bags  
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge  
along both sides.  
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the  
curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard  
passenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.  
In a side impact:  
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on  
that side only to inflate.  
The only one side of curtain air bag will deploy  
only on the side the vehicle receives the force of  
the impact.  
In a roll-over:  
In response to a vehicle roll-over, both the curtain air bags inflate.  
Both curtain air bags will deploy after  
the roll-over accident is detected.  
2-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page66  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (66,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light  
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is normal, the warning light illuminates  
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked. For a  
specified period of time it goes out.  
A system malfunction is indicated when the warning light constantly flashes, constantly  
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position. If any of these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
The system may not work in an accident.  
WARNING  
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:  
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner  
could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.  
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep  
If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system and the  
warning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute. After that, the one-  
minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes.  
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
WARNING  
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning  
beep sounding:  
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep  
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner  
system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.  
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible.  
2-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page67  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (67,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria  
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision.  
(The illustrations are the representative case of collisions.)  
Types of collision  
A severe frontal/near frontal  
collision  
A severe side  
collision  
A roll-over/near  
roll-over  
A rear collision  
SRS  
equipment  
Front seat  
belt  
X*(both sides)  
X*(both sides)  
pretensioner  
Driver air  
bag  
No air bag and front  
seat belt  
X
Front  
passenger air  
bag  
pretensioner will be  
activated in a rear  
collision.  
X*  
Side air bag  
X*(impact side only)  
Curtain air  
bag  
X (impact side only)  
X (both sides)  
X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.  
*: The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on  
the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat.  
2-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page68  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (68,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Limitations to SRS Air Bag  
In severe collisions or roll-overs such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag  
Deployment Criteria, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in  
some accidents, the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its  
severity.  
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:  
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be  
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.  
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle  
Impacts involving trees or poles  
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate  
Limitations to side collision detection:  
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as  
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.  
Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles  
Side impacts involving trees or poles  
2-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page69  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (69,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Limitations to roll-over detection:  
The following illustrations are examples of accidents that may not be detected as a roll-  
over accident. Therefore, the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not  
deploy.  
Pitch end over end  
2-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page70  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (70,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System  
First, please read Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions(page 2-45)  
carefully.  
qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor  
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the  
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor  
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat  
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The sensor is also designed to control the  
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering  
wheel.  
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a  
possible malfunction (page 2-54)(Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning  
Light).  
qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors  
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the  
supplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passenger  
seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. The  
sensors are also designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt  
pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30  
kg (66 lb).  
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the  
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt  
pretensioner system when:  
l
There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bag  
deactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)  
l
The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66  
lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)  
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner  
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates  
according to the following table.  
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front  
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible  
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt  
pretensioner system will not deploy.  
2-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page71  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (71,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light  
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air  
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.  
If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON position. For a specified of time it goes out.  
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:  
Front passenger seat  
Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and  
belt pretensioner  
front passenger seat  
deactivation indicator light  
side air bags  
Deactivated  
Deactivated  
system  
Empty (Not occupied)*  
OFF  
ON  
Deactivated  
Less than approx. 30 kg  
(66 lb)  
Deactivated  
Ready  
Approx. 42 kg (93 lb) or  
more  
OFF  
Ready  
* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,  
however this does not indicate a malfunction.  
Curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.  
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the  
above chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an  
accident.  
2-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page72  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (72,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:  
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total  
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of  
approximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The front  
passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and  
the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not  
deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have the supplementary  
protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury. Decreasing the total  
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of  
approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying under the  
following conditions, for example:  
l
A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.  
Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front  
l
passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom.  
The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire  
l
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door, grasping  
the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too  
far.  
l
Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front  
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.  
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will  
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lb)  
and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).  
2-60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page73  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (73,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:  
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total  
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of  
approximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will  
detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpected  
deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner  
system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seated weight  
on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66  
lb) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt  
pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions, for  
example:  
l
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint  
system.  
l
A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.  
A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.  
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.  
The seat is washed.  
Liquids are spilled on the seat.  
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items  
l
l
l
l
l
placed behind it.  
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.  
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.  
Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger  
l
l
l
seat are attached to the front passenger seat.  
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will  
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lb)  
and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).  
2-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page74  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (74,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
CAUTION  
l
To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors  
in the front seat bottoms:  
l
Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on  
them.  
l
Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.  
l
To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:  
l
Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the  
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.  
If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system  
l
properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page 2-38).  
NOTE  
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger  
front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.  
l
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if  
luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the  
vehicle's interior changes suddenly.  
l
l
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds  
if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.  
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after  
installing a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint  
system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches  
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are  
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.  
2-62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page75  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (75,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
Monitoring and Maintenance  
qConstant Monitoring  
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:  
l
SAS unit  
l
Front air bag sensor  
l
Air bag modules  
l
Side crash sensors  
l
Front seat belt pretensioners  
l
Related wiring  
l
Driver seat slide position sensor  
l
Front passenger seat weight sensors  
The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is being  
driven.  
qMaintenance  
The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,  
take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:  
l
The air bag system warning light flashes.  
l
The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.  
l
The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
l
The air bag system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35  
minutes.  
l
The air bags have deployed.  
l
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition  
switch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For  
more details about this indicator light and this chart, refer to Front passenger seat  
weight sensors(page 2-58).  
2-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page76  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (76,1)  
Essential Safety Equipment  
SRS Air Bags  
WARNING  
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system  
components:  
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be  
replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a  
trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will  
work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or  
pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any  
subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.  
Do not remove interior air bag parts:  
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering wheel  
or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, containing air  
bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air bag components.  
The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries. Always have an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.  
Dispose of the air bag properly:  
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely  
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air  
bag equipped vehicle.  
NOTE  
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary  
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in  
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to  
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)(page 9-2).  
2-64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page77  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (77,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
3
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment  
of various parts.  
Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2  
Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-45  
Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-56  
íSome models.  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page78  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (78,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Advanced Keysí  
The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables the  
following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).  
l
Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key.  
l
Starting the engine without operating the key.  
The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keyless  
functions (page 3-14).  
l
The following operations are possible using the keyless entry system from a distance  
(Lock/Unlock/Panic button):  
l
Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate.  
Opening the power windows and the moonroof.  
Turning on the alarm.  
l
l
l
Locking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.  
WARNING  
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where  
your children will not find or play with them:  
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone  
being badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating to  
children. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make the  
vehicle move.  
Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as  
pacemakers:  
Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the  
medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced  
key will affect the equipment.  
NOTE  
l
The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.  
l
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-50) for information regarding keys and engine  
starting.  
l
(With theft-deterrent system)  
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-56) for information regarding keys and the  
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft.  
3-2  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page79  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (79,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Panic button  
Lock button  
Auxiliary key  
Unlock button  
Operation indicator light  
Key code number plate  
A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it  
in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.  
Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in  
the vehicle.  
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page80  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (80,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
CAUTION  
l
Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function  
correctly under the following conditions:  
l
The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones.  
The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.  
The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers.  
Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.  
There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.  
If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas  
l
l
l
l
l
stations.  
l
l
The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-  
intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as  
televisions or personal computers.  
To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:  
l
Drop the advanced key.  
Get the advanced key wet.  
Disassemble the advanced key.  
Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or  
l
l
l
hood, under direct sunlight.  
Place heavy objects on the advanced key.  
Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.  
Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.  
l
l
l
NOTE  
l
Battery life is about one year. Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light  
(green) flashes in the instrument cluster.  
Refer to Advanced Key Dead Warning on page 3-18.  
l
Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6  
advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page81  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (81,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Replacing the battery at an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent  
damage to the advanced key. If replacing  
the battery by yourself, follow the  
instruction below.  
qAdvanced Key Maintenance  
CAUTION  
l
Make sure the battery is installed  
with the correct pole facing upward.  
Battery leakage could occur if it is  
not installed correctly.  
Replacing the advanced key battery  
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.  
l
When replacing the battery, be  
careful not to bend the electrical  
terminals or get oil on them. Also be  
careful not to get dirt in the  
transmitter as it could be damaged.  
l
There is the danger of explosion if  
the battery is not correctly replaced.  
l
Replace only with the same type  
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).  
l
Dispose of used batteries according  
to the following instructions.  
2. Release the cap using a flathead  
screwdriver, then rotate and remove the  
cap.  
l
Insulate the plus and minus  
terminals of the battery using  
cellophane or equivalent tape.  
Never disassemble.  
l
l
Never throw the battery into fire  
or water.  
Never deform or crush.  
l
The following conditions indicate that the  
battery power is low:  
Cap  
l
The KEY indicator light (green) flashes  
in the instrument cluster when the  
engine is turned off.  
l
The system does not operate and the  
operation indicator light does not flash  
when the buttons are pressed.  
CAUTION  
Do not turn the cap excessively. The  
cap may be damaged.  
l
The system's operational range is  
reduced.  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page82  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (82,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
3. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the  
crack and press the battery out.  
qService  
If you have a problem with the advanced  
keyless functions, consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
If your advanced key is lost or stolen,  
bring all remaining advanced keys to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible for a replacement and to make  
the lost or stolen advanced key  
inoperative.  
CAUTION  
4. Insert the new battery (CR2025 or  
equivalent) with the positive pole (  
facing the ( ) mark on the cap.  
Radio equipment like this is governed  
by laws in the United States.  
Changes or modifications not expressly  
approved by the party responsible for  
compliance could void the user's  
authority to operate the equipment.  
)
5. Rotate and close the cap.  
Cap  
6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.  
3-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page83  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (83,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
NOTE  
Operation Using Advanced  
Keyless Functions  
The system may not operate if you are  
too close to the windows, door handles,  
or liftgate.  
qOperational Range  
The system operates only when the driver  
is in the vehicle or within operational  
range while the advanced key is being  
carried.  
Starting the engine  
The operational range for starting the  
engine includes nearly the entire cabin  
area except for the luggage compartment.  
NOTE  
Interior transmitter  
When the battery power is low, or in  
places where there are high-intensity  
radio waves or noise, the operational  
range may become narrower or the  
system may not operate.  
Locking, unlocking the doors and the  
liftgate  
The operational range for locking/  
unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80  
cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the front  
door handles.  
Operational range  
The operational range for locking/  
unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to  
80 cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the  
liftgate.  
Exterior transmitter  
Operational range  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page84  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (84,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
qLocking, Unlocking with Request  
NOTE  
Switch  
l
The luggage compartment is out of  
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/  
unlocked by pressing the request switch  
on the front doors or the liftgate while the  
advanced key is being carried.  
Front doors  
the operational range, however,  
starting the engine may be possible.  
l
The engine may not start if the  
advanced key is placed in the  
following areas:  
l
Around the dashboard  
In the storage compartments such  
l
as the glove box  
l
Starting the engine may be possible  
even if the advanced key is outside  
of the vehicle and extremely close to  
a door and window, however, always  
start the engine from the driver's seat.  
If the vehicle is started and the  
Request switch  
advanced key is not in the vehicle,  
the vehicle will not restart after it is  
shut off and the ignition switch is  
turned to the lock position.  
Liftgate  
Request switch  
l
If the advanced key is detected  
within operational range, the  
operation indicator light flashes  
momentarily.  
To lock  
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press  
the request switch. A beep sound will be  
heard once and the hazard warning lights  
will flash once.  
3-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page85  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (85,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
To unlock  
NOTE  
Driver's door request switch  
l
The request switch on the driver's  
To unlock the driver's door, press the  
request switch. A beep sound will be  
heard twice and the hazard warning lights  
will flash twice.  
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press  
the request switch again within 3 seconds  
and two more beep sounds will be heard.  
door can be used to close the power  
windows and the moonroof.  
Refer to the following pages:  
Opening/Closing the Power  
Windows (page 3-39)  
Opening/Closing the Moonroof  
(page 3-46)  
l
l
Confirm that all doors and the  
liftgate are securely locked.  
NOTE  
(Without theft-deterrent system)  
The hazard warning lights will flash  
twice to indicate that the doors and the  
liftgate are unlocked.  
All doors and the liftgate cannot be  
locked when any door or the liftgate  
is open.  
l
A beep sound is heard for  
(With theft-deterrent system)  
confirmation when the doors and the  
liftgate are locked/unlocked using  
the request switch. If your prefer, the  
beep sound can be turned off (page  
l
The hazard warning lights will not  
flash.  
l
The hazard warning lights only flash  
when the theft deterrent system is  
armed or turned off, refer to the  
theft-deterrent system (page 3-56).  
Front passenger door/liftgate request  
switch  
To unlock the doors and the liftgate, press  
the request switch. A beep sound will be  
heard twice and the hazard warning lights  
will flash twice.  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page86  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (86,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
qStarting the Engine  
Ignition Switch Positions  
NOTE  
l
The setting can be changed so that  
Without a traditional key, some of the  
ignition switch functions are different.  
the doors and the liftgate are locked  
automatically without pressing the  
request switch.  
(Auto-lock function)  
A beep sound is heard when all  
doors and the liftgate are closed  
while the advanced key is being  
carried. All doors and the liftgate are  
locked automatically after about 3  
seconds when the advanced key is  
out of the operational range. Also,  
the hazard warning lights flash once.  
(Even if the driver is in the  
Start knob  
operational range, all doors and the  
liftgate are locked automatically after  
about 30 seconds.)  
LOCK (Released)  
The steering wheel locks to help protect  
against theft.  
If you are out of the operational  
range before the doors and the  
liftgate are completely closed or  
another advanced key is left in the  
vehicle, the auto-lock function will  
not work. Always make sure that all  
doors and the liftgate are locked  
before leaving the vehicle (page  
LOCK (Depressed)  
The ignition switch can be turned to the  
ACC position when the KEY indicator  
light (green) illuminates in the instrument  
cluster.  
l
After unlocking doors and the  
liftgate by pressing the request  
switch, all doors and the liftgate will  
automatically lock if any of the  
following operations are not  
performed within about 30 seconds.  
If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent  
system, the hazard warning lights  
will flash for confirmation.  
WARNING  
Before leaving the driver's seat,  
always set the parking brake and  
make sure the shift lever is in P:  
Leaving the driver's seat without  
setting the parking brake is  
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle  
movement could occur if the parking  
brake is not set. This could cause an  
accident.  
l
A door or the liftgate is opened.  
The auxiliary key is inserted into  
l
the ignition switch.  
The start knob is pushed.  
l
3-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page87  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (87,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
START  
NOTE  
The engine is started in this position. It  
l
If turning the ignition switch is  
difficult, jiggle the steering wheel  
from side to side.  
will crank until you release the start knob;  
then it returns to the ON position. The  
brake warning light can be checked after  
the engine is started (page 5-36).  
l
The ignition switch cannot be turned  
from the ACC position to the LOCK  
position when the shift lever is not in  
P.  
Starting the Engine  
NOTE  
l
Engine-starting is controlled by the  
ACC (Accessory)  
spark ignition system.  
The steering wheel unlocks and some  
electrical accessories will operate.  
This system meets all Canadian  
Interference-Causing Equipment  
Standard requirements regulating the  
impulse electrical field strength of  
radio noise.  
NOTE  
The Advanced Keyless Entry System  
does not function in the ACC position,  
and the doors will not lock/unlock even  
if they have been locked manually or  
the advanced key is carried away from  
the vehicle.  
l
The advanced key must be carried  
because the advanced key carries an  
immobilizer chip that must  
communicate with the engine  
controls at short range.  
l
When starting the engine, be sure the  
ON  
start knob is securely attached before  
trying to operate it. If the knob  
becomes detached from the ignition  
switch, re-attach it by pushing it on  
to the ignition switch.  
This is the normal running position after  
the engine is started. The warning lights  
(except brakes) should be inspected  
before the engine is started (page 5-36).  
NOTE  
When the ignition switch is turned to  
the ON position, the sound of the fuel  
pump motor operating near the fuel  
tank can be heard. This does not  
indicate an abnormality.  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page88  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (88,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
1. Make sure the advanced key is being  
NOTE  
carried.  
In the following cases, the KEY  
warning light (red) illuminates and the  
engine will not start.  
2. Occupants should fasten their seat  
belts.  
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.  
4. Depress the brake pedal.  
l
The advanced key battery is dead.  
l
The advanced key is out of  
operational range.  
5. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must  
restart the engine while the vehicle is  
moving, shift into neutral (N).  
l
The advanced key is placed in areas  
where it is difficult for the system to  
detect the signal (page 3-7).  
NOTE  
l
A key from another manufacturer  
similar to the advanced key is in the  
operational range.  
The starter will not operate if the shift  
lever is not in P or N.  
8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC  
position while pushing the start knob  
in.  
6. Push the start knob slowly all the way  
in.  
7. Verify that the KEY indicator light  
(green) illuminates in the instrument  
cluster. The KEY warning light (red)  
means you cannot continue to start the  
engine (page 3-21).  
9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACC  
position to the START position and  
hold (up to 10 seconds at a time) until  
the engine starts.  
3-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page89  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (89,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
3. Push in the start knob from the ACC  
CAUTION  
position and turn it to the LOCK  
position.  
Don't try the starter for more than 10  
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or  
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before  
trying again. Otherwise, you may  
CAUTION  
When leaving the vehicle, make sure  
the ignition switch is turned to the  
LOCK position.  
damage the starter and drain the battery.  
10. After starting the engine, let it idle for  
about 10 seconds.  
NOTE  
NOTE  
l
When turning the ignition switch to  
l
the LOCK position, the ignition  
switch has to be pushed in from the  
ACC position and turned. Without  
being pushed in, the ignition switch  
stops at the ACC position and the  
vehicle battery may be discharged if  
the ignition switch is left in the ACC  
position. When leaving the vehicle,  
make sure the ignition switch is  
turned to the LOCK position.  
In extremely cold weather, below  
18° C (0° F), or after the vehicle  
_
has not been driven in several days,  
let the engine warm up without  
operating the accelerator.  
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm,  
it should be started without use of  
the accelerator.  
Turning off the engine  
l
If the vehicle is left with the ignition  
1. Shift the shift lever to the P position.  
switch not in the LOCK position, a  
beep sound is heard and the indicator  
light flashes to notify the driver.  
Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-17).  
2. Turn the ignition switch from the ON  
position to the ACC position.  
NOTE  
When the engine is turned off and the  
ignition switch it turned from the ACC  
position to the LOCK position, the  
KEY indicator light (green) flashes in  
the instrument cluster for about 30  
seconds if the battery power of the  
advanced key is low. Replace the  
battery with a new one.  
Refer to Battery Replacement (page  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page90  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (90,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Transmitter  
Operation Using Advanced  
Key Functions  
Lock button  
qKeyless Entry System  
This system remotely locks and unlocks  
Panic button  
the doors and the liftgate, and opens the  
power windows and the moonroof.  
It can also help you signal for attention.  
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.  
Unlock button  
NOTE  
l
The keyless entry system is designed  
NOTE  
to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)  
from the center of the vehicle, but  
this may vary due to local  
conditions.  
l
(U.S.A.)  
This device complies with Part 15 of  
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject  
to the following two conditions: (1)  
this device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation.  
l
The system does not operate when  
the ignition switch is not in the  
LOCK position or the start knob is  
pushed in.  
l
With the start knob installed in the  
LOCK position, the system is fully  
operational. If the ignition switch is  
not in the LOCK position or the start  
knob is pushed in, the system does  
not operate.  
l
(CANADA)  
This device complies with RSS-210  
of Industry CANADA. Operation is  
subject to the following two  
conditions: (1) this device may not  
cause interference, and (2) this  
device must accept any interference,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation of the device.  
l
All doors and the liftgate cannot be  
locked by pressing the lock button  
while any door or the liftgate is open.  
The hazard warning lights will also  
not flash.  
l
If the transmitter does not operate  
when pressing a button or the  
operational range becomes too small,  
the battery may be dead. To install a  
new battery, refer to Maintenance  
(page 3-5).  
3-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page91  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (91,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
NOTE  
NOTE  
l
The unlock button can be used to open  
the power windows and the moonroof,  
but the lock button cannot be used to  
close the power windows and the  
moonroof.  
Refer to the following pages:  
Opening/Closing the Power Windows  
(page 3-39)  
All doors and the liftgate cannot be  
locked when any door or the liftgate  
is open.  
l
Confirm that all doors and the  
liftgate are locked visually or audibly  
by use of the double click.  
Unlock button  
Opening/Closing the Moonroof (page  
To unlock the driver's door, press the  
unlock button. A beep will be heard twice  
and the hazard warning lights will flash  
twice.  
The operation indicator light flashes when  
the buttons are pressed.  
Lock button  
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press  
the unlock button again within 3 seconds  
and two more beep sounds will be heard.  
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press  
the lock button. A beep sound will be  
heard once and the hazard warning lights  
will flash once.  
NOTE  
(Without theft-deterrent system)  
The hazard warning lights will flash  
twice to indicate that all doors and the  
liftgate are unlocked.  
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate  
have been locked, press the lock button  
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed  
and locked, the horn will sound.  
(With theft-deterrent system)  
l
NOTE  
The hazard warning lights will not  
flash.  
(Without theft-deterrent system)  
The hazard warning lights will flash  
once to indicate that all doors and the  
liftgate are locked.  
l
The hazard warning lights only flash  
when the theft deterrent system is  
armed or turned off, refer to the  
theft-deterrent system (page 3-56).  
(With theft-deterrent system)  
l
The hazard warning lights will not  
flash.  
NOTE  
l
The hazard warning lights only flash  
After unlocking with the transmitter, all  
doors and the liftgate will automatically  
lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is  
not opened within about 30 seconds.  
when the theft deterrent system is  
armed or turned off, refer to the  
theft-deterrent system (page 3-56).  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page92  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (92,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Panic button  
qAuxiliary Key Function  
If you witness from a distance someone  
attempting to break into or damage your  
vehicle, pressing the panic button will  
activate the vehicle's alarm.  
Use the auxiliary key stored in the  
advanced key in the event of a dead  
transmitter battery or malfunction.  
Removing the auxiliary key  
Pull out the auxiliary key from the  
advanced key.  
NOTE  
The panic button will work whether any  
door or the liftgate is open or closed.  
(Turning on the alarm)  
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or  
more will trigger the alarm for about 2  
minutes and 30 seconds, and the  
following will occur:  
l
The horn sounds intermittently.  
l
The hazard warning lights flash.  
NOTE  
Locking, unlocking the doors  
The doors can be locked/unlocked using  
the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,  
Unlocking with Key (page 3-28).  
However, if the driver is too close to the  
vehicle the panic button may not  
function.  
Starting the engine  
(Turning off the alarm)  
The alarm stops by pressing any button on  
the transmitter.  
The engine can be started with the  
auxiliary key, refer to Starting the Engine  
(page 5-3).  
3-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page93  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (93,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Warning and Beep Sounds  
Advanced Key Suspend  
Function  
q
System Malfunction Warning Beep  
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle,  
the functions of the advanced key left in  
the vehicle are temporarily suspended to  
prevent theft of the vehicle.  
If any malfunction occurs in the advanced  
keyless function, the KEY warning light  
(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates  
continuously and beep sounds will be  
heard.  
The following are inoperable:  
l
Starting the engine using the start  
knob.  
CAUTION  
l
Operating the request switches.  
If the KEY warning light (red) remains  
illuminated, do not continue to drive the  
vehicle with the advanced keyless  
function. Park the vehicle in a safe  
place and use the auxiliary key to  
continue driving the vehicle. Have the  
vehicle inspected at an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).  
To restore these functions, perform any  
one of the following:  
l
Press the lock or unlock button on the  
advanced key which has had its  
functions temporarily suspended.  
l
While carrying another advanced key,  
push in the start knob until the KEY  
indicator light (green) illuminates.  
l
Insert the auxiliary key and turn the  
qStart Knob Not in LOCK  
ignition switch to the ON position.  
Warning Beep  
If the start knob is in the ACC position  
and the driver's door is opened, a  
continuous beep sound will be heard to  
notify the driver that the start knob has not  
been returned to the LOCK position. In  
this case, the keyless entry system does  
not operate.  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page94  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (94,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
qAdvanced Key Removed from  
qRequest Switch Inoperable  
Vehicle Warning Beep  
Warning Beep  
Under the following conditions, a beep  
will be heard 6 times and the KEY  
warning light (red) will flash continuously  
when the start knob has not been returned  
to the LOCK position to notify the driver  
that the advanced key has been removed.  
The KEY warning light (red) will stop  
flashing when the advanced key is back  
inside the vehicle:  
Under the following conditions, if the  
request switch for a front door or the  
liftgate is pressed while the advanced key  
is being carried, a beep will be heard 6  
times to indicate that the front doors and  
the liftgate cannot be locked.  
l
A door is open (door ajar included).  
l
The start knob has not been returned to  
the LOCK position.  
l
The start knob has not been returned to  
l
The auxiliary key is inserted into the  
the LOCK position, the driver's door is  
open, and the advanced key is removed  
from the vehicle.  
ignition switch.  
However the beep will be heard  
continuously when the start knob is in  
the ACC position and the door is open  
due to the activation of the warning  
beep indicating that the start knob is  
not in the LOCK position.  
qAdvanced Key Battery Dead  
Warning  
When the start knob is returned to the  
ACC or LOCK position from the ON  
position, the KEY indicator light (green)  
flashes for approximately 30 seconds  
indicating that the remaining battery  
power is low. Replace with a new battery  
before the advanced key becomes  
unusable.  
l
The start knob has not been returned to  
the LOCK position and all the doors  
are closed after removing the advanced  
key from the vehicle.  
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance  
(page 3-5).  
NOTE  
Because the advanced key utilizes low-  
intensity radio waves, the Advanced  
Key Removed From Vehicle Warning  
may activate if the advanced key is  
carried together with a metal object or it  
is placed in a poor signal reception area.  
NOTE  
The advanced key can be set so that the  
KEY indicator light (green) does not  
flash even if the battery power is low.  
Refer to Setting Change (page 3-20).  
3-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page95  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (95,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
q
Engine Start Not Permitted Warning  
Under the following conditions, the KEY  
warning light (red) flashes to inform the  
driver that the start knob will not rotate to  
the ACC position even if it is pushed in  
from the LOCK position.  
l
The advanced key battery is dead.  
l
The advanced key is not within  
operational range.  
l
The advanced key is placed in areas  
where it is difficult for the system to  
detect the signal (page 3-7).  
l
A key from another manufacturer  
similar to the advanced key is in the  
operational range.  
qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicle  
Warning Beep  
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle  
cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are  
locked using a separate advanced key, a  
beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds  
to remind the driver that the advanced key  
has been left in the vehicle cabin. If this  
happens, the doors and the liftgate lock  
but the functions of the advanced key left  
in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily  
suspended. Perform the following  
procedure to restore the functions of the  
advanced key (page 3-17).  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page96  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (96,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
Setting Change (Function Customization)  
The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
At Initial  
Setting  
After Setting  
Change  
Setting  
Function  
Advanced key battery dead KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicate  
Activated  
Activated  
Deactivated  
indicator  
that the advanced key battery power is low.  
Lock/unlock operation  
A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors or  
Deactivated  
Activated  
confirmation beep sound*1 the liftgate have been locked/unlocked.  
When all doors and the liftgate are closed and the  
advanced key is being carried and out of  
operational range, all doors and the liftgate  
Autolock function  
automatically lock after 3 seconds.  
Deactivated  
(Even if the driver is in the operational range, all  
doors and the liftgate are locked automatically  
after about 30 seconds.)  
*1 : When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.  
3-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page97  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (97,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System  
User Mis-Operation Warning Indicators  
Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in  
the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the  
advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-17).  
Warning condition  
Check  
When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be Check whether the start knob has been returned to the  
heard.  
LOCK position.  
When a door is open, 6 beep sounds are heard, and the  
KEY warning light (red) in the instrument cluster  
flashes.  
Check whether the advanced key has been removed  
from the vehicle.  
When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times,  
and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrument  
cluster flashes.  
Check whether the advanced key has been removed  
from the vehicle.  
Check whether the advanced key has been left in the  
vehicle.  
When attempting to lock the doors, a beep sound is  
heard.  
Check whether the start knob has been returned to the  
LOCK position.  
Check whether a door or the liftgate is open.  
The advanced key battery power is low. Replace the  
battery with a new one.  
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.  
When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the  
instrument cluster.  
The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle in  
When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated a safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continue  
in the instrument cluster.  
driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page98  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (98,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
The keys operate all locks.  
Keys (with Retractable  
Type Key)  
Retractable  
type key  
WARNING  
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle  
with children and keep them in a place  
where your children will not find or  
play with them:  
Key code number plate  
Leaving children in a vehicle with the  
key is dangerous. This could result in  
someone being badly injured or even  
killed. These new kinds of keys are  
fascinating to children. They could  
play with power windows or other  
controls, or even make the vehicle  
move.  
A code number is stamped on the plate  
attached to the key set; detach this plate  
and store it in a safe place (not in the  
vehicle) for use if you need to make a  
replacement key.  
NOTE  
NOTE  
Write down the code number and keep  
it in a separate safe and convenient  
place, but not in the vehicle.  
If your key is lost, consult your  
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have  
your code number ready.  
l
Refer to Immobilizer System (page  
3-53) for information regarding keys  
and engine starting.  
l
(With theft-deterrent system)  
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System  
(page 3-56) for information  
regarding keys and the prevention of  
vehicle and vehicle contents theft.  
3-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page99  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (99,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Key extend/retract method (Retractable  
type key)  
Keyless Entry System  
This system remotely locks and unlocks  
the doors and the liftgate, and opens the  
power windows and the moonroof.  
To extend the key, press the release  
button.  
It can also help you signal for attention.  
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.  
CAUTION  
To avoid damage to the transmitter, do  
not:  
l
Drop it.  
l
Get it wet.  
l
Disassemble it.  
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder  
while pressing the release button.  
l
Expose it to heat or sunlight.  
3-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page100  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (100,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qTransmitter  
NOTE  
l
The keyless entry system is designed  
Lock button  
Unlock button  
to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)  
from the center of the vehicle, but  
this may vary due to local  
conditions.  
l
The system doesn't operate when the  
key is in the ignition switch.  
Operation  
indicator light  
l
Doors and the liftgate cannot be  
Panic button  
locked by pressing the lock button  
while any other door or the liftgate is  
open. Also, the hazard warning lights  
will not flash.  
NOTE  
l
If the transmitter does not operate  
l
(U.S.A.)  
when pressing a button or the  
operation range becomes too small,  
the battery may be dead. To install a  
new battery, refer to Maintenance  
(page 3-26).  
This device complies with Part 15 of  
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject  
to the following two conditions: (1)  
this device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation.  
l
Additional transmitters can be  
obtained at an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer. Up to 3 transmitters can be  
used with the keyless entry system  
per vehicle. Bring all transmitters to  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when  
the electronic codes need to be reset.  
l
(CANADA)  
This device complies with RSS-210  
of Industry CANADA. Operation is  
subject to the following two  
conditions: (1) this device may not  
cause interference, and (2) this  
device must accept any interference,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation of the device.  
3-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page101  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (101,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
NOTE  
NOTE  
l
The unlock button can be used to open  
the power windows and the moonroof,  
but the lock button cannot be used to  
close the power windows and the  
moonroof.  
Refer to the following pages:  
Opening/Closing the Power Windows  
(page 3-39)  
All doors and the liftgate cannot be  
locked when any door or the liftgate  
is open and the key is in the ignition  
switch.  
l
Confirm that all doors and the  
liftgate are locked visually or audibly  
by use of the double click.  
Opening/Closing the Moonroof (page  
Unlock button  
To unlock the driver's door, press the  
unlock button and the hazard warning  
lights will flash twice.  
The operation indicator light flashes when  
the buttons are pressed.  
Lock button  
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press  
the unlock button again within 3 seconds.  
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press  
the lock button and the hazard warning  
lights will flash once.  
NOTE  
(Without theft-deterrent system)  
The hazard warning lights will flash  
twice to indicate that all doors and the  
liftgate are unlocked.  
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate  
have been locked, press the lock button  
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed  
and locked, the horn will sound.  
(With theft-deterrent system)  
l
NOTE  
The hazard warning lights will not  
flash.  
(Without theft-deterrent system)  
The hazard warning lights will flash  
once to indicate that all doors and the  
liftgate are locked.  
l
The hazard warning lights only flash  
when the theft deterrent system is  
armed or turned off, refer to the  
theft-deterrent system (page 3-56).  
(With theft-deterrent system)  
l
The hazard warning lights will not  
flash.  
NOTE  
l
The hazard warning lights only flash  
After unlocking with the transmitter, all  
doors and the liftgate will automatically  
lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is  
not opened within about 30 seconds.  
when the theft deterrent system is  
armed or turned off, refer to the  
theft-deterrent system (page 3-56).  
3-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page102  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (102,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Panic button  
CAUTION  
If you witness from a distance someone  
attempting to break into or damage your  
vehicle, pressing the panic button will  
activate the vehicle's alarm.  
l
l
Install the battery with the positive  
pole ( ) facing down. Battery  
leakage could occur if it is not  
installed correctly.  
NOTE  
When replacing the battery, be  
careful not to bend the electrical  
terminals or get oil on them. Also be  
careful not to get dirt in the  
The panic button will work whether  
any door or the liftgate is open or  
closed.  
transmitter as it could be damaged.  
l
l
l
There is the danger of explosion if  
the battery is not correctly replaced.  
Turning on the alarm  
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or  
more will trigger the alarm for about 2  
minutes and 30 seconds, and the  
following will occur:  
Replace only with the same type  
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).  
Dispose of used batteries according  
to the following instructions.  
l
The horn sounds intermittently.  
l
Insulate the plus and minus  
terminals of the battery using  
cellophane or equivalent tape.  
Never disassemble.  
Never throw the battery into fire  
l
The hazard warning lights flash.  
Turning off the alarm  
l
Press any button on the transmitter.  
l
and/or water.  
Never deform or crush.  
qTransmitter Maintenance  
l
If the buttons on the transmitter are  
inoperable and the operation indicator  
light does not flash, the battery may be  
dead.  
Replacing the transmitter battery  
1. Unfold the key (page 3-22).  
Replace with a new battery before the  
transmitter becomes unusable.  
3-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page103  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (103,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and  
push the tab to remove the key from  
the transmitter.  
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or  
equivalent) with the positive pole (  
facing down.  
)
Tab  
3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and  
gently pry open the transmitter.  
6. Align the front and back covers and  
snap the transmitter shut.  
7. Install the key to the transmitter.  
qService  
If you have a problem with the keyless  
entry system, consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring  
all remaining transmitters to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible for a replacement and to make  
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.  
4. Remove the battery.  
CAUTION  
Radio equipment like this is governed  
by laws in the United States.  
Changes or modifications not expressly  
approved by the party responsible for  
compliance could void the user's  
authority to operate the equipment.  
A
3-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page104  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (104,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qLocking, Unlocking with Key  
Door Locks  
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked  
with the key.  
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,  
toward the back to lock.  
WARNING  
Always take all children and pets with  
you or leave a responsible person with  
them:  
Leaving a child or a pet unattended in  
a parked vehicle is dangerous. In hot  
weather, temperatures inside a vehicle  
can become high enough to cause  
brain damage or even death.  
Unlock  
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle  
with children and keep them in a place  
where your children will not find or  
play with them:  
Lock  
Leaving children in a vehicle with the  
key is dangerous. This could result in  
someone being badly injured or even  
killed. They could play with power  
windows or other controls, or even  
make the vehicle move.  
qLocking, Unlocking with Request  
Switch (with Advanced Key)  
The doors can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the request switch while  
carrying the advanced key outside the  
vehicle, refer to Operations Using  
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).  
Keep all doors locked when driving:  
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle  
are dangerous. Passengers can fall out  
if a door is accidentally opened and  
can more easily be thrown out in an  
accident.  
qLocking, Unlocking with  
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)  
The doors can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the keyless entry system  
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System  
(page 3-14).  
Always close all the windows, lock the  
doors and take the key with you when  
leaving your vehicle unattended:  
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is  
dangerous as children could lock  
themselves in a hot vehicle, which  
could result in death. Also, a vehicle  
left unlocked becomes an easy target  
for thieves and intruders.  
q
Locking, Unlocking with Transmitter  
(with Retractable Type Key)  
The doors can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the keyless entry system  
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System  
(page 3-23).  
3-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page105  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (105,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-  
NOTE  
Lock Knob  
l
(With advanced key)  
To lock any door from the inside, push the  
door-lock knob.  
To unlock, pull it out.  
This does not operate the other door  
locks.  
The driver's door cannot be locked  
using the door-lock knob from the  
outside.  
l
(With retractable type key)  
The driver's door cannot be locked  
using the door-lock knob from the  
outside if the key is in the ignition  
switch.  
Lock  
l
When locking the doors this way, be  
careful not to leave the key inside the  
vehicle.  
Unlock  
qPower Door Locks  
Vehicle lock-out prevention  
(With advanced key)  
To lock any door with the door-lock knob  
from the outside, push the door-lock knob  
to the lock position and close the door.  
This does not operate the other door  
locks.  
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature  
prevents you from locking yourself out of  
the vehicle. All doors and the liftgate will  
automatically unlock if they are locked  
using the power door locks with any door  
or the liftgate open.  
Door-lock knob  
(With retractable type key)  
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature  
prevents you from locking yourself out of  
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition  
switch, all doors and the liftgate will  
automatically unlock if they are locked  
using the power door locks with any door  
or the liftgate open.  
3-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page106  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (106,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Locking, unlocking with key  
Locking, unlocking with door-lock  
switch  
All doors and the liftgate lock  
automatically when the driver's door is  
locked with the key. All doors and the  
liftgate unlock when the driver's door is  
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock  
position for one second or longer.  
All doors and the liftgate lock  
automatically when lock side is pushed.  
They all unlock when unlock side is  
pushed.  
Unlock  
Lock  
Unlock  
Lock  
Locking, unlocking with request switch  
(with advanced key)  
NOTE  
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/  
unlocked by operating the request switch  
while carrying the advanced key outside  
the vehicle, refer to Operations Using  
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).  
Holding the key in the unlocked  
position in the driver's door lock for  
about a second unlocks all doors and  
the liftgate. To unlock only the driver's  
door, insert the key into the driver's  
door lock and turn the key briefly to the  
unlock position and then immediately  
return it to the center position.  
Locking, unlocking with transmitter  
(with advanced key)  
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/  
unlocked by operating the keyless entry  
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry  
System (page 3-14).  
Locking, unlocking with transmitter  
(with retractable type key)  
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/  
unlocked by operating the keyless entry  
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry  
System (page 3-23).  
3-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page107  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (107,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qRear Door Child Safety Locks  
Liftgate  
These locks are intended to help prevent  
children from accidentally opening the  
rear doors. Use them both whenever a  
child rides in the vehicle.  
WARNING  
Never allow a person to ride in the  
luggage compartment:  
Allowing a person to ride in the  
luggage compartment is dangerous.  
The person in the luggage  
compartment could be seriously  
injured or killed during sudden  
braking or a collision.  
If you slide the child safety lock to the  
lock position before closing that door, the  
door cannot be opened from the inside.  
The door can be opened only by pulling  
the outside handle.  
Do not drive with the liftgate open:  
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle  
is dangerous. An open liftgate in a  
moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas  
to be drawn into the cabin. This gas  
contains CO (carbon monoxide),  
which is colorless, odorless, and  
highly poisonous, and it can cause  
loss of consciousness and death.  
Moreover, an open liftgate could cause  
occupants to fall out in an accident.  
Lock  
Unlock  
qLocking, Unlocking with Key  
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by  
inserting the key into the driver's door key  
slot, refer to Power Door Locks (page  
qLocking, Unlocking with Request  
Switch (with Advanced Key)  
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the request switch while  
carrying the advanced key outside the  
vehicle, refer to Operations Using  
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).  
3-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page108  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (108,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qLocking, Unlocking with  
NOTE  
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)  
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is  
a malfunction in the electrical system  
and the liftgate cannot be unlocked,  
perform the following procedure as an  
emergency measure to unlock it:  
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the keyless entry system  
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System  
(page 3-14).  
1. Remove the cap on the interior  
surface of the liftgate with a flathead  
screwdriver.  
q
Locking, Unlocking with Transmitter  
(with Retractable Type Key)  
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the keyless entry system  
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System  
(page 3-23).  
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-  
Cap  
Lock Switch  
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by  
operating the door-lock switch, refer to  
Power Door Locks (page 3-29).  
qOpening and Closing the Liftgate  
2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock  
the liftgate.  
Opening the liftgate  
Pull up on the handle.  
Lever  
After performing this emergency  
measure, have the vehicle inspected at  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible.  
Closing the liftgate  
Use both hands to push the liftgate down  
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.  
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is  
securely latched.  
3-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page109  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (109,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Luggage compartment coverí  
qLuggage Compartment  
Installing the cover  
WARNING  
1. Insert the left end of the retractor bar  
into the notch.  
Do not place luggage or other cargo  
on top of the luggage compartment  
cover:  
Placing luggage or other cargo on top  
of the luggage compartment cover is  
dangerous. During sudden braking or  
a collision, the cargo could become a  
projectile that could hit and injure  
someone. The vehicle has a light  
weight luggage compartment cover to  
keep the contents of your luggage area  
out of sight; it will not retain heavy  
objects that are not tied down in an  
accident such as a rollover. Tie down  
all heavy objects, whether luggage or  
cargo, using the tie down hooks.  
2. Squeeze the spring holder on right end  
of the retractor bar inward, then insert  
it into the notch.  
Make sure luggage and cargo is  
secured before driving:  
Not securing cargo while driving is  
dangerous as it could move or be  
crushed during sudden braking or a  
collision and cause injury.  
CAUTION  
Make sure the luggage compartment  
cover is firmly secured. If it is not  
firmly secured, it could unexpectedly  
disengage resulting in injury.  
íSome models.  
3-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page110  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (110,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
3. Slowly pull out the cover and insert it  
into the retainers.  
Power Windows  
The ignition switch must be in the ON  
position for the power windows to  
operate.  
WARNING  
Hook  
retainer  
Make sure the opening is clear before  
closing a window:  
Closing power windows are  
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or  
even neck could be caught by the  
window and result in serious injury or  
even death.  
Removing the cover  
Reverse the procedure for installation.  
This warning applies especially to  
children.  
Always lock all passenger power  
windows with the power window lock  
switch on the driver's side while  
children are in the vehicle, and never  
allow children to play with power  
window switches:  
Leaving the power window switches  
unlocked while children are in the  
vehicle is dangerous. Power window  
switches that are not locked with the  
power window lock switch would allow  
children to operate power windows  
unintentionally which could result in  
serious injury if a child's hands, head  
or neck becomes caught by the  
window.  
CAUTION  
To prevent burning out the fuse and  
damaging the power window system,  
do not open or close more than three  
windows at once.  
3-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page111  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (111,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Manual opening/closing  
q
Operating the Front Power Windows  
To open a power window to the desired  
position, lightly hold down the switch.  
To close the power window to the desired  
position, lightly pull up the switch.  
NOTE  
l
Each passenger power window can  
be operated with each door switch  
when the power window lock switch  
on the driver's door is in the  
Master control switches  
Close  
unlocked position (page 3-39).  
Driver's  
Open  
l
Each passenger power window can  
also be operated by the power  
window master control switches on  
the driver's door.  
window  
Master control switches  
Driver's window  
Front passenger's  
window  
Left rear window  
Front passenger switch  
Close  
Open  
Front passenger's  
window  
Right rear window  
l
The following functions can be  
performed for the front power  
windows using the power window  
master control switches on the  
driver's door or front passenger's  
door switch.  
Auto-opening/closing  
To fully open a power window  
automatically, press the switch completely  
down.  
To fully close the power window  
automatically, pull the switch completely  
up.  
l
Manual opening/closing  
Auto-opening/closing  
Two-step down function  
l
l
To stop the power window partway, pull  
or press the switch in the opposite  
direction and then release it.  
3-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page112  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (112,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Canceling the two-step down function  
NOTE  
To cancel the two-step down function for  
the front power windows, carry out the  
following procedure using the master  
control switches.  
If the battery had been disconnected  
during vehicle maintenance or for other  
reasons such as a switch is kept  
operating, the power windows will not  
fully open and close automatically. Re-  
initialization of the automatic function  
on the front passenger's power window  
cannot be performed using the master  
control switches. Carry out the  
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON  
position and complete the following  
procedure within 5 seconds:  
Press the power window switch 2 times  
firmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.  
following procedure on each door  
switch to resume operation:  
Master control switches  
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON  
position.  
Driver's  
window  
2. Press the switch and fully open the  
power window.  
3. Pull up the switch to fully close the  
power window and continue holding  
the switch for about 2 seconds after  
the window fully closed.  
Front passenger's  
window  
After the system has been re-initialized,  
the front passenger's power window can  
be fully opened or closed automatically  
using the master control switches.  
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK  
position.  
3. With the ignition switch in the LOCK  
position, and within 40 seconds, turn  
the ignition switch to the ON position  
and complete the following procedure  
within 5 seconds:  
Two-step down function  
With the power window completely  
closed, press the switch lightly and it will  
open and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from the  
top.  
Press the power window switch 2 times  
firmly, then pull 2 times firmly.  
If you continue to press and hold the  
switch, the window will resume opening  
all the way.  
NOTE  
Pressing the power window switch once  
when the window is fully closed will  
only open it about 3 cm (1 in) to allow  
convenient ventilation of the cabin.  
3-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page113  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (113,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
NOTE  
WARNING  
l
The two-step down function cannot  
Make sure nothing blocks the window  
just before it reaches the fully closed  
position or while fully holding up the  
power window switch:  
Blocking the power window just  
before it reaches the fully closed  
position or while fully holding up the  
power window switch is dangerous.  
In this case, the jam-safe function  
cannot prevent the window from  
stopping. If fingers are caught, serious  
injuries could occur.  
be canceled if the procedure is not  
completed within the specified times,  
or the procedure is changed along  
the way. To redo the procedure, first  
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK  
position and proceed from the  
beginning.  
l
If you are unable to cancel the  
function despite doing the  
cancellation procedure, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Restoring the two-step down function  
NOTE  
With the two-step down function in the  
canceled state, repeat the previous  
Depending on driving conditions, a  
closing power window could stop and  
start opening when the window feels a  
shock that is similar to something  
blocking it.  
procedure for canceling the function on  
each door switch and it will be restored.  
NOTE  
In the event the jam-safe function  
activates and the power window cannot  
be closed automatically using the auto-  
opening method, pull and hold the  
switch fully and the window will close.  
If you are unable to restore the function  
despite doing the restore procedure,  
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Jam-safe window  
Engine-off power window operation  
If a person's hands, head or an object  
blocks the window during the manual  
closing operation or the auto-closing  
operation, the window will stop and open  
halfway.  
The power window can be operated about  
40 seconds after the ignition switch is  
turned from the ON position to the ACC  
or LOCK position with all doors closed. If  
either front door is opened, the power  
window will be inoperable.  
3-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page114  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (114,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
To open the power window to the desired  
position, hold down the switch.  
NOTE  
To close the power window to the desired  
position, pull up the switch.  
l
For engine-off operation of the  
power window, the switch must be  
held up firmly throughout window  
closure because the auto-closing  
function will be inoperable.  
Close  
Open  
l
The two-step down function is  
inoperable during engine-off  
operation.  
q
Operating the Rear Power Windows  
The power windows may be operated  
when the power window lock switch on  
the driver's door is in the unlocked  
position.  
Engine-off power window operation  
The power windows can be operated  
about 40 seconds after the ignition switch  
is turned from the ON position to the  
ACC or LOCK position with all doors  
closed. If either front door is opened, the  
power windows will be inoperable.  
A rear power windows may be opened or  
closed using the power window master  
control switches on the driver's door.  
Left rear window  
Right rear window  
Power window lock switch  
3-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page115  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (115,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qPower Window Lock Switch  
qOpening/Closing the Power  
Windows from Outside  
With the lock switch in the unlocked  
position, all power windows on each door  
can be operated.  
The front power windows can be opened  
or closed from outside the vehicle after  
the doors and the liftgate are closed.  
The front power windows may be  
operated when the power window lock  
switch on the driver's door is in the lock  
or unlocked position.  
With the lock switch in the locked  
position, only the driver's side power  
window can be operated.  
Locked position  
Unlocked position  
WARNING  
Make sure the opening is clear before  
closing a window:  
Closing power windows are  
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or  
even neck could be caught by the  
window and result in serious injury or  
even death.  
This warning applies especially to  
children.  
WARNING  
NOTE  
Unless a passenger needs to operate a  
power window, keep the power window  
lock switch in the locked position:  
Unintentional power window  
operation is dangerous. A person's  
hands, head, or neck could be caught  
by the window and result in serious  
injury.  
The power windows cannot be opened  
or closed from outside the vehicle under  
the following condition:  
l
A door or the liftgate is opened.  
l
The key is inserted into the ignition  
switch.  
l
(With advanced key)  
NOTE  
The start knob is pushed into the  
ignition switch.  
When the power window lock switch is  
in the locked position, the light on front  
passenger's power window switch turns  
off. The light may be difficult to see  
depending on the surrounding  
brightness.  
3-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page116  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (116,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Auto-Opening  
Advanced key  
Because nobody likes getting into a very  
hot car, we have introduced a way to get a  
head start on cooling it, even before you  
put your seat belts on and insert your key  
in the ignition. If you see the vehicle is in  
a secure area, you can open the two front  
windows as you approach the vehicle to  
get the air moving before you even step  
into the hot vehicle.  
Lock button  
Panic button  
Unlock button  
WARNING  
Retractable type key  
Use the auto-window function only  
when you can see the vehicle and it is  
in a secure area:  
Do not let children play with your  
keys. If they open the window without  
your knowing, the open windows are  
an even bigger invitation to a thief  
than leaving the doors unlocked.  
Lock button  
Unlock button  
The windows can be opened for  
ventilating the cabin before getting in the  
vehicle.  
Panic button  
To stop this operation, press the unlock  
button.  
With unlock button (Keyless entry  
system)  
Press the unlock button on the transmitter  
and hold it. After the doors and the  
liftgate are unlocked, the windows fully  
open automatically.  
NOTE  
l
The window opening operation also  
can be stopped by pressing the lock  
button or panic button. However,  
pressing these buttons will operate  
their functions.  
l
The lock button cannot be used to  
close the power windows.  
With key  
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key  
cylinder.  
3-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page117  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (117,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
2. Turn the key toward the front and hold  
it. After the doors and the liftgate are  
unlocked, the windows fully open  
automatically.  
NOTE  
(With advanced key)  
If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has  
been activated, the doors and the  
liftgate automatically lock as you walk  
away from the vehicle, however, the  
power windows cannot be closed.  
When leaving the vehicle, close the  
windows using the power window  
switch inside the vehicle, the key, or a  
request switch.  
Open  
With key  
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key  
cylinder.  
To stop this operation, turn the key to the  
center position, then turn it toward the  
front again.  
2. Turn the key toward the back and hold  
it. After the doors and the liftgate are  
locked, the windows close while the  
key is turned.  
NOTE  
The window opening operation also can  
be stopped by turning the key toward  
the back. However, the doors and the  
liftgate will lock.  
Closing  
The windows can be closed in case they  
are left open after getting out of the  
vehicle.  
Close  
With request switch on the driver's  
door (Advanced key)  
1. If the doors and the liftgate are locked,  
unlock them.  
3-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page118  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (118,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
2. Press the request switch on the driver's  
door and hold it. After the doors and  
the liftgate are locked, the windows  
close while the request switch is  
pressed.  
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap  
WARNING  
When removing the fuel cap, loosen  
the cap slightly and wait for any  
hissing to stop. Then remove it:  
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can  
burn skin and eyes and cause illness if  
ingested. Fuel spray is released when  
there is pressure in the fuel tank and  
the fuel cap is removed too quickly.  
Request switch  
Before refueling, stop the engine, and  
always keep sparks and flames away  
from the filler neck:  
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be  
ignited by sparks or flames causing  
serious burns and injuries.  
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel  
filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap  
may result in fuel leak, which could  
result in serious burns or death in an  
accident.  
CAUTION  
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel  
cap or an approved equivalent,  
available at an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a  
serious malfunction of the fuel and  
emission control systems. It may also  
cause the check engine light in the  
instrument cluster to illuminate.  
3-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page119  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (119,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
qFuel-Filler Lid  
CAUTION  
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid  
release.  
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is  
tightened securely. The check engine  
light may illuminate when the cap isn't  
tightened securely. If the light remains  
on (even after you have tightened the  
cap securely, driven, and restarted the  
engine several times), it may indicate a  
different problem. Contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible.  
Remote fuel-filler  
lid release  
qFuel-Filler Cap  
To remove the filler cap, turn it  
counterclockwise.  
To close the filler cap, turn it clockwise  
until it clicks.  
Open  
Close  
3-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page120  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (120,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded  
area and secure it in the stay hole  
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood  
open.  
Hood  
WARNING  
Always check that the hood is closed  
and securely locked:  
A hood that is not closed and securely  
locked is dangerous as it could fly  
open while the vehicle is moving and  
block the driver's vision which could  
result in a serious accident.  
Pad  
qOpening the Hood  
Support rod  
Clip  
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the  
release handle to unlock the hood.  
qClosing the Hood  
1. Check under the hood area to make  
certain all filler caps are in place and  
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil  
containers, etc.) have been removed.  
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while  
holding up the hood. Verify that the  
support rod is secured in the clip before  
closing the hood.  
Release handle  
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.  
2. Slide the hood latch to the right and lift  
the hood.  
3-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page121  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (121,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Moonroofí  
NOTE  
After washing your Mazda or after a  
rain, wipe the water off the moonroof  
before operating it to avoid water  
penetration which could cause rust and  
water damage to your headliner.  
The moonroof can be opened or closed  
electrically only when the ignition switch  
is in the ON position.  
Slide switch  
qOperating the Moonroof  
Tilt Operation  
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted  
open to provide more ventilation.  
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily  
push the rear of the tilt switch.  
Tilt switch  
To fully close automatically, momentarily  
push the front of the tilt or slide switch.  
WARNING  
To stop tilting partway, push any part of  
the tilt or slide switch.  
Do not let passengers stand up or  
extend part of the body through the  
open moonroof while the vehicle is  
moving:  
Extending the head, arms, or other  
parts of the body through the  
moonroof is dangerous. The head or  
arms could hit something while the  
vehicle is moving. This could cause  
serious injury or death.  
Tilt up  
Close  
Close  
Make sure the opening is clear before  
closing the moonroof:  
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The  
hands, head, or even neck of a person  
especially a childcould be caught  
in it as it closes, causing serious injury  
or even death.  
Slide Operation  
To fully open automatically, momentarily  
push the rear of the slide switch.  
To fully close automatically, momentarily  
push the front of the tilt or slide switch.  
íSome models.  
3-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page122  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (122,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
To stop sliding partway, push any part of  
the tilt or slide switch.  
qEngine-off Moonroof Operation  
The moonroof can be operated for about  
40 seconds after the ignition switch is  
turned from the ON position to the ACC  
or LOCK position with all doors closed. If  
any door is opened, the moonroof will be  
inoperable.  
Open  
NOTE  
For engine-off operation of the  
moonroof, the switch must be pushed  
firmly throughout moonroof closure  
because the auto-closing function will  
be inoperable.  
Close  
Close  
Re-initializing  
If the battery had been disconnected  
during vehicle maintenance or for other  
reasons, the moonroof may not fully open  
or close. The moonroof's jam-safe  
qOpening/Closing the Moonroof  
from Outside  
function does not function while the  
moonroof is initializing. Carry out the  
following procedure to resume operation:  
The moonroof can be opened or closed  
from outside the vehicle after the doors  
and the liftgate are closed.  
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON  
position.  
WARNING  
2. Push the rear of the tilt switch, to  
partially tilt open the rear of the  
moonroof.  
Make sure the opening is clear before  
closing the moonroof:  
Closing the moonroof is dangerous. A  
person's hands, head, or even neck  
could be caught by the moonroof and  
result in serious injury or even death.  
This warning applies especially to  
children and pets.  
NOTE  
If the re-initialization procedure is  
performed while the moonroof is in the  
slide position (partially open) it closes  
before the rear tilts opens.  
3. Repeat the procedure in Step 2. The  
rear of the moonroof tilts open to the  
fully open position, then closes a little.  
3-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page123  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (123,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
With unlock button (Keyless entry  
system)  
NOTE  
The moonroof cannot be opened or  
closed from outside the vehicle under  
the following condition:  
Press the unlock button on the transmitter  
and hold it. After the doors and the  
liftgate are unlocked, the moonroof fully  
opens automatically.  
l
A door or the liftgate is opened.  
Advanced key  
l
The key is inserted into the ignition  
switch.  
Lock button  
l
(With advanced key)  
The start knob is pushed into the  
ignition switch.  
Panic button  
Unlock button  
Auto-Opening  
Because nobody likes getting into a very  
hot car, we have introduced a way to get a  
head start on cooling it, even before you  
put your seat belts on and insert your key  
in the ignition. If you see the vehicle is in  
a secure area, you can open the moonroof  
as you approach the vehicle to get the air  
moving before you even step into the hot  
vehicle.  
Retractable type key  
Lock button  
Unlock button  
WARNING  
Use the auto-moonroof function only  
when you can see the vehicle and it is  
in a secure area:  
Do not let children play with your  
keys. If they open the moonroof  
without your knowing, the open  
moonroof is an even bigger invitation  
to a thief than leaving the doors  
unlocked.  
Panic button  
To stop this operation, press the unlock  
button.  
The moonroof can be opened for  
ventilating the cabin before getting in the  
vehicle.  
3-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page124  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (124,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
Closing  
NOTE  
The moonroof can be closed in case it is  
left open after getting out of the vehicle.  
l
The moonroof opening operation  
also can be stopped by pressing the  
lock button or panic button.  
However, pressing these buttons will  
operate their functions.  
NOTE  
(With advanced key)  
If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has  
been activated, the doors and the  
liftgate automatically lock as you walk  
away from the vehicle, however, for  
safety reasons, the moonroof cannot be  
closed. When leaving the vehicle, close  
the moonroof using the tilt or slide  
switch inside the vehicle, the key, or a  
request switch.  
l
The lock button cannot be used to  
close the moonroof.  
With key  
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key  
cylinder.  
2. Turn the key toward the front and hold  
it. After the doors and the liftgate are  
unlocked, the moonroof fully opens  
automatically.  
With key  
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key  
cylinder.  
2. Turn the key toward the back and hold  
it. After the doors and the liftgate are  
locked, the moonroof closes while the  
key is turned.  
Open  
To stop this operation, turn the key to the  
center position, then turn it toward the  
front again.  
Close  
NOTE  
The moonroof opening operation also  
can be stopped by turning the key  
toward the back. However, the doors  
and the liftgate will lock.  
With request switch on the driver's  
door (Advanced key)  
1. If the doors and the liftgate are locked,  
unlock them.  
3-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page125  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (125,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Doors and Locks  
2. Press the request switch on the driver's  
door and hold it. After the doors and  
the liftgate are locked, the moonroof  
closes while the request switch is  
pressed.  
NOTE  
l
Depending on driving conditions, a  
closing moonroof could stop and  
start opening when the moonroof  
feels a shock that is similar to  
something blocking it.  
l
The moonroof's jam-safe function  
does not function while the  
moonroof is initializing.  
Request switch  
qSunshade  
The sunshade can be opened and closed  
by hand.  
The sunshade opens automatically when  
the moonroof is opened, but must be  
closed by hand.  
qJam-safe Moonroof  
If a person's hands, head or an object  
blocks the moonroof during closing  
operation, the moonroof will stop and  
open halfway.  
Sunshade  
WARNING  
Make sure nothing blocks the  
moonroof just before it reaches the  
fully closed position:  
Blocking the moonroof just before it  
reaches the closed position is  
dangerous.  
In this case, the jam-safe function  
cannot prevent the moonroof from  
stopping. If fingers are caught, serious  
injuries could occur.  
CAUTION  
l
The sunshade does not tilt. To avoid  
damaging the sunshade, do not push  
up on it.  
l
Do not close the sunshade while the  
moonroof is opening. Trying to force  
the sunshade closed could damage it.  
3-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page126  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (126,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
Immobilizer System (with  
Advanced Key)  
CAUTION  
Do not allow the following when  
starting the engine with the auxiliary  
key due to an advanced key dead  
battery or other malfunction. Otherwise  
the signal from the auxiliary key will  
not be received correctly and the engine  
may not start.  
The immobilizer system allows the engine  
to start only with an advanced key the  
system recognizes.  
If someone attempts to start the engine  
with an unrecognized key, the engine will  
not start, thereby helping to prevent the  
theft of your vehicle.  
l
Metal parts of other keys or metal  
objects touch the key grip.  
l
Spare auxiliary keys or keys for  
other vehicles equipped with an  
immobilizer system touch or come  
near the auxiliary key.  
CAUTION  
l
Radio equipment like this is  
governed by laws in the United  
States.  
Changes or modifications not  
expressly approved by the party  
responsible for compliance could  
void the user's authority to operate  
the equipment.  
l
Equipment containing electronic  
components or cards with magnetic  
strips such as credit cards come near  
the auxiliary key.  
NOTE  
l
To avoid damage to the key, do not:  
l
(U.S.A.)  
l
Drop the key.  
Get the key wet.  
Expose the key to any kind of  
magnetic field.  
This device complies with Part 15 of  
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject  
to the following two conditions: (1)  
this device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation.  
l
l
l
Expose the key to high  
temperatures on places such as the  
dashboard or hood, under direct  
sunlight.  
l
(CANADA)  
This device complies with RSS-210  
of Industry CANADA. Operation is  
subject to the following two  
conditions: (1) this device may not  
cause interference, and (2) this  
device must accept any interference,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation of the device.  
3-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page127  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (127,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
qOperation  
NOTE  
Arming  
l
The engine may not start and the  
security indicator light may  
The system is armed when the ignition  
switch is turned from the ON position to  
the ACC or LOCK position. The security  
indicator light in the instrument cluster  
flashes every 2 seconds until the system is  
disarmed.  
illuminate or flash if the advanced  
key is placed in an area where it is  
difficult for the system to detect the  
signal, such as on the dashboard, or  
in the glove box. Move the advanced  
key to another place, turn the  
ignition switch to the LOCK  
position, and then restart the engine.  
l
Signals from a TVor radio station, or  
from a transceiver or a mobile  
telephone could interfere with your  
immobilizer system. If you are using  
the proper advanced key and the  
engine fails to start, check the  
Disarming  
The system is disarmed when the ignition  
switch is turned to the ON position with  
the registered advanced key.  
The security indicator light illuminates for  
about 3 seconds and goes out.  
security indicator light. If the  
indicator light is flashing, turn the  
ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK  
position and wait for a while, then  
restart the engine. If it doesn't start  
after 3 or more tries, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
If the engine doesn't start with the correct  
ignition key, and the security indicator  
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the  
system may have a malfunction. Consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
If the security indicator light flashes  
continuously while you are driving,  
don't shut off the engine. Go to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have  
it checked. If the engine is shut off  
while the indicator light is flashing,  
you won't be able to restart it.  
l
Since the electronic codes are reset  
when repairing the immobilizer  
system, the advanced key (including  
auxiliary key) are needed. Bring all  
the advanced keys (including  
auxiliary keys) to an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
3-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page128  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (128,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
qMaintenance  
qModification and Add-On  
Equipment  
If you have a problem with the  
immobilizer system or the key, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer  
system's operation if the system has been  
modified or if any add-on equipment has  
been installed to it.  
NOTE  
l
The advanced keys (including  
CAUTION  
auxiliary key) carry a unique  
electronic code. For this reason, and  
to assure your safety, obtaining a  
replacement advanced key (including  
auxiliary key) requires some waiting  
time. They are only available  
through an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do  
not modify the system or install any  
add-on equipment to the immobilizer  
system or the vehicle.  
l
Always keep a spare advanced key  
in case one is lost. If an advanced  
key is lost, consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
l
If you lose an advanced key  
(including auxiliary key), an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset  
the electronic codes of your  
remaining advanced keys (including  
auxiliary keys) and immobilizer  
system. Bring all the remaining  
advanced keys (including auxiliary  
keys) to an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer to reset.  
Starting the vehicle with a key that  
has not been reset is not possible.  
3-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page129  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (129,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
Immobilizer System  
CAUTION  
(without Advanced Key)  
When starting the engine do not allow  
the following, as the engine may not  
start due to the electronic signal from  
the ignition key not being transmitted  
correctly.  
The immobilizer system allows the engine  
to start only with a key the system  
recognizes.  
If someone attempts to start the engine  
with an unrecognized key, the engine will  
not start, thereby helping to prevent the  
theft of your vehicle.  
l
A key ring rests on the key grip.  
CAUTION  
l
Radio equipment like this is  
governed by laws in the United  
States.  
l
Metal parts of other keys or metal  
objects touch the key grip.  
Changes or modifications not  
expressly approved by the party  
responsible for compliance could  
void the user's authority to operate  
the equipment.  
l
To avoid damage to the key, do not:  
l
Drop the key.  
Get the key wet.  
Expose the key to any kind of  
l
l
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles  
l
equipped with an immobilizer  
system touch or come near the key  
grip.  
magnetic field.  
Expose the key to high  
l
temperatures on places such as the  
dashboard or hood, under direct  
sunlight.  
l
Devices for electronic purchases, or  
security passage touch or come near  
the key.  
3-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page130  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (130,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
Disarming  
NOTE  
The system is disarmed when the ignition  
switch is turned to the ON position with  
the correct ignition key.  
The security indicator light illuminates for  
about 3 seconds and goes out.  
l
(U.S.A.)  
This device complies with Part 15 of  
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject  
to the following two conditions: (1)  
this device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation.  
If the engine doesn't start with the correct  
ignition key, and the security indicator  
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the  
system may have a malfunction. Consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
(CANADA)  
This device complies with RSS-210  
of Industry CANADA. Operation is  
subject to the following two  
conditions: (1) this device may not  
cause interference, and (2) this  
device must accept any interference,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation of the device.  
NOTE  
l
If the security indicator light comes  
on and stays on when the ignition  
switch is turned to the ON position,  
the engine will not start.  
l
Signals from a TVor radio station, or  
from a transceiver or a mobile  
telephone, could interfere with your  
immobilizer system. If you are using  
the proper key and your engine fails  
to start, check the security indicator  
light. If it is flashing, remove the  
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or  
more, then reinsert it and try starting  
the engine again. If it doesn't start  
after 3 or more tries, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qOperation  
Arming  
The system is armed when the ignition  
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC  
position.  
The security indicator light in the  
instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds  
until the system is disarmed.  
l
If the security indicator light flashes  
continuously while you are driving,  
don't shut off the engine. Go to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have  
it checked. If you shut off the engine  
while the light is flashing you won't  
be able to restart it.  
3-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page131  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (131,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
qModification and Add-On  
NOTE  
Equipment  
l
Since the electronic codes are reset  
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer  
system's operation if the system has been  
modified or if any add-on equipment has  
been installed to it.  
when repairing the immobilizer  
system, the keys are needed. Bring  
all the existing keys to an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
CAUTION  
qMaintenance  
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do  
not modify the system or install any  
add-on equipment to the immobilizer  
system or the vehicle.  
If you have a problem with the  
immobilizer system or the key, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
NOTE  
l
The keys carry a unique electronic  
code. For this reason, and to assure  
your safety, obtaining replacement  
key requires some waiting time.  
They are only available through an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
Always keep a spare key, in case one  
is lost. If a key is lost, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible.  
l
If you lose a key, an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer will reset the  
electronic codes of your remaining  
keys and immobilizer system. Bring  
all the remaining keys to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.  
Starting the vehicle with a key that  
has not been reset is not possible.  
3-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page132  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:5 PM  
Black plate (132,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
l
l
l
l
Unlocking a door with the inside door-  
lock knob.  
Theft-Deterrent Systemí  
The theft-deterrent system is designed to  
prevent your vehicle or its contents from  
being stolen when all doors, hood, and  
liftgate are locked.  
Unlocking a door with the door lock  
switch.  
Opening a door by operating an inside  
door-lock knob.  
If forcible entry is attempted, the system  
sounds the horn and flashes the hazard  
warning lights.  
Opening the hood by operating the  
hood release handle.  
If the system is triggered again, the lights  
and horn will activate until a door or the  
liftgate is unlocked with the key or with  
the transmitter.  
(With advanced key)  
The lights and horn can also be  
NOTE  
l
The theft-deterrent system operates  
with the key or the keyless entry  
system transmitter.  
deactivated by pressing a request switch.  
l
(With advanced key)  
The theft-deterrent system can also  
be operated using a request switch or  
the start knob.  
The system operates only when the  
driver is in the vehicle or within  
operational range while the advanced  
key is being carried.  
qHow to Arm the System  
1. Remove the key from the ignition  
switch.  
(With advanced key)  
Turn the start knob to the LOCK  
position.  
l
2. Make sure the hood is closed. Close  
and lock all doors and the liftgate from  
the outside using the key or press the  
lock button on your keyless entry  
system transmitter.  
The system will not function unless  
it is properly armed. To properly  
secure the vehicle, always make sure  
all windows are completely closed  
and all doors and the liftgate are  
locked before leaving the vehicle.  
Remember to take your key and  
transmitter.  
(With advanced key)  
Press a request switch or the lock  
button on the transmitter.  
The hazard warning lights will flash  
once to indicate that the system is  
armed.  
qOperation  
System triggering conditions  
(Without advanced key)  
The following method will also arm the  
theft-deterrent system:  
Close the hood and the liftgate . Press  
the area on the door-lock switch  
marked “ ” once. Close all doors.  
The horn sounds intermittently and the  
hazard warning lights flash for about 25  
seconds when the system is triggered by  
any one of the following:  
l
Forcing open a door, the hood or the  
liftgate.  
3-56  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page133  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (133,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Security System  
qTheft-Deterrent Labels  
NOTE  
Locking the doors with the inside door-  
lock knob will not arm the system.  
qTo Turn off an Armed System  
An armed system can be turned off by any  
one of the following methods:  
l
Unlock a door with the key.  
l
Press the unlock button on the keyless  
entry system transmitter.  
l
A label indicating that your vehicle is  
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is  
in the glove box.  
Insert the key into the ignition switch  
and turn it to the ON position.  
l
(With advanced key)  
l
Press a request switch or the unlock  
button on the transmitter.  
Turn the start knob to the ON  
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the  
lower rear corner of a front door window.  
l
position.  
The hazard warning lights will flash twice  
to indicate that the system is turned off.  
qTo Stop an Alarm  
A triggered alarm can be turned off by  
any one of the following methods:  
l
Unlock a door with the key.  
l
Press the unlock button on the keyless  
entry system transmitter.  
l
(With advanced key)  
l
Press a request switch.  
Press the unlock button on the  
l
transmitter.  
NOTE  
If you have any problem with the theft-  
deterrent system, consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
3-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page134  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (134,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Steering Wheel and Mirrors  
Steering Wheel  
Mirrors  
qOutside Mirrors  
WARNING  
Check the mirror angles before driving.  
Never adjust the steering wheel while  
the vehicle is moving:  
Mirror type  
Flat type (driver's side)  
Flat surface mirror.  
Convex type (front passenger side)  
The mirror has single curvature on its  
surface.  
Adjusting the steering wheel while the  
vehicle is moving is dangerous.  
Moving it can very easily cause the  
driver to abruptly turn to the left or  
right. This can lead to loss of control  
or an accident.  
WARNING  
qTilt Steering Wheel  
Be sure to look over your shoulder  
before changing lanes:  
To change the angle of the steering wheel,  
stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel release  
lever under the steering column down,  
adjust the wheel, then push the release  
lever up to lock the column.  
Changing lanes without taking into  
account the actual distance of the  
vehicle in the convex mirror is  
dangerous. You could have a serious  
accident. What you see in the convex  
mirror is closer than it appears.  
Tilt wheel release  
lever  
Power control mirror  
The ignition switch must be in the ACC  
or ON position.  
To adjust:  
1. Press the left or right side of the  
selector switch to choose the left or  
right side mirror.  
After adjusting, push the wheel up and  
down to be certain it's locked before  
driving.  
3-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page135  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (135,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Steering Wheel and Mirrors  
2. Depress the mirror switch in the  
appropriate direction.  
Mirror defrosterí  
To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the  
ignition switch to the ON position and  
push the rear window defroster switch  
(page 5-58).  
Selector switch  
Outside mirror  
qRearview Mirror  
Mirror switch  
Rearview mirror adjustment  
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror  
to center on the scene through the rear  
window.  
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control  
by placing the selector switch in the  
middle position.  
Folding the mirror  
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is  
flush with the vehicle.  
Reducing glare from headlights  
Do this with the day/night lever in the day  
position.  
Push the lever forward for day driving.  
Pull it back to reduce glare from  
headlights.  
Day/Night lever  
WARNING  
Always return the outside mirrors to  
the driving position before you start  
driving:  
Driving with the outside mirrors  
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view  
will be restricted, and you could have  
an accident.  
Day  
Night  
íSome models.  
3-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page136  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (136,1)  
Knowing Your Mazda  
Steering Wheel and Mirrors  
WARNING  
Do not stack cargo or objects higher  
than the seatbacks:  
Cargo stacked higher than the  
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block  
your view in the rearview mirror,  
which might cause you to hit another  
car when changing lanes.  
3-60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page137  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (137,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
4
Important information about driving your Mazda.  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page138  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (138,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions  
Fuel Requirements  
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,  
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.  
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.  
Fuel  
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)  
Premium unleaded fuel  
91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)  
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.  
This vehicle is designed for and requires use of premium unleaded fuel. If 91 octane fuel [  
(R+M)/2 method] (96RON) is not available, gasoline as low as 87 octane [ (R+M)/2  
method] (91RON) can be used temporarily for emergency purposes. Use of gasoline lower  
than 91 octane [ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) can decrease performance and deteriorate shift  
quality during its use. Refueling the vehicle with the correct octane fuel a couple of times  
will restore vehicle performance and shift quality.  
CAUTION  
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.  
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead will  
accumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will result  
in a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.  
l
Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol by  
volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this  
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any  
kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.  
l
Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specified  
by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally  
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your  
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as  
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name Gasohol.  
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not  
be covered by the Mazda warranty.  
l
Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.  
l
Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.  
l
Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page139  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (139,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions  
Emission Control System  
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of  
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions  
requirements.  
WARNING  
Never park over or near anything flammable:  
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with  
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could  
ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.  
CAUTION  
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside  
the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the  
converter and cause poor performance.  
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.  
l
Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.  
l
Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.  
l
Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.  
l
Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.  
l
Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must  
be made by a qualified technician.  
l
Don't push-start or pull-start your vehicle.  
NOTE  
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control  
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some  
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.  
NOTE  
While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the  
middle rear of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle  
has a self-checking device and it operates while the engine is off.  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page140  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (140,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions  
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)  
WARNING  
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:  
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is  
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness  
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open  
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.  
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:  
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust  
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of  
consciousness or even death could occur.  
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when  
idling the engine:  
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and  
the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains  
poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even  
death could occur.  
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,  
before starting the engine:  
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust  
pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because  
exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of  
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page141  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (141,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Before Starting the Engine  
Before Getting In  
After Getting In  
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,  
and outside lights are clean.  
Are all doors closed and locked?  
Is the seat adjusted properly?  
l
Inspect inflation pressures and  
condition of tires.  
Are the inside and outside mirrors  
adjusted?  
l
Look under the vehicle for any sign of  
a leak.  
l
l
l
Is everyone's seat belt fastened?  
Check all gauges.  
l
If you plan to back up, make sure  
nothing is in your way.  
Check all warning lights when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position.  
NOTE  
l
Release the parking brake and make  
sure the brake warning light goes off.  
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid,  
washer fluid, and other fluid levels  
should be inspected. See Maintenance,  
Section 8.  
Always be thoroughly familiar with your  
Mazda.  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page142  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (142,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
Break-In Period  
Money-Saving Suggestions  
No special break-in is necessary, but a few  
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600  
miles) may add to the performance,  
economy, and life of your Mazda.  
How you operate your Mazda determines  
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use  
these suggestions to help save money on  
fuel and repairs.  
l
l
Don't race the engine.  
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine  
runs smoothly, begin driving.  
l
Don't maintain one constant speed,  
either slow or fast, for a long period of  
time.  
l
Avoid fast starts.  
l
Keep the engine tuned. Follow the  
l
Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or  
high engine rpm for extended periods  
of time.  
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and  
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer  
perform inspections and servicing.  
l
l
Avoid unnecessary hard stops.  
Use the air conditioner only when  
necessary.  
l
Avoid full-throttle starts.  
l
Slow down on rough roads.  
l
Don't tow a trailer.  
l
Keep the tires properly inflated.  
l
Don't carry unnecessary weight.  
l
Don't rest your foot on the brake pedal  
while driving.  
l
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.  
l
Keep windows closed at high speeds.  
l
Slow down when driving in crosswinds  
and headwinds.  
WARNING  
Never stop the engine when going  
down a hill:  
Stopping the engine when going down  
a hill is dangerous. This causes the  
loss of power steering and power  
brake control, and may cause damage  
to the drivetrain. Any loss of steering  
or braking control could cause an  
accident.  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page143  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (143,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
l
For more traction in starting on  
Hazardous Driving  
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed  
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,  
carpeting, or other nonslip material  
under the front wheels.  
qDriving on Slippery Surface  
WARNING  
NOTE  
Be extremely careful if it is necessary  
to downshift on slippery surfaces:  
Downshifting into lower gear while  
driving on slippery surfaces is  
Use snow chains only on the front  
wheels.  
dangerous. The sudden change in tire  
speed could cause the tires to skid.  
This could lead to loss of vehicle  
control and an accident.  
qRoll-over  
WARNING  
So do not rely on ABS as a substitute  
for safe driving:  
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and  
abrupt maneuvers when driving this  
vehicles:  
The ABS cannot compensate for  
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive  
speed, tailgating (following another  
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and  
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire  
friction and road contact because of  
water on the road surface). You can  
still have an accident.  
Vehicles with a higher center of  
gravity such as utility and AWD  
vehicles handle differently than  
vehicles with a lower center of gravity.  
Utility and AWD vehicles are not  
designed for cornering at speeds as  
high as passenger cars any more than  
low-slung sport cars are designed to  
perform satisfactorily under off-road  
conditions. Failure to drive cautiously  
could result in an increase risk of loss  
of vehicle control, vehicle roll-over,  
personal injury and death.  
When driving on ice or in water, snow,  
mud, sand, or similar hazards:  
l
Be cautious and allow extra distance  
for braking.  
Utility vehicles have a significantly  
higher rollover rate than other types of  
vehicles.  
l
Avoid sudden braking and sudden  
maneuvering.  
l
Do not pump the brakes. Continue to  
press down on the brake pedal.  
l
If you get stuck, select a lower gear and  
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front  
wheels.  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page144  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (144,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
Rocking the Vehicle  
Winter Driving  
l
Carry emergency gear, including tire  
chains, window scraper, flares, a small  
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag  
of sand or salt.  
WARNING  
Do not spin the wheels at more than  
56 km/h (35 mph), and do not allow  
anyone to stand behind a wheel when  
pushing the vehicle:  
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning  
the wheels at high speed is dangerous.  
The spinning tire could overheat and  
explode. This could cause serious  
injuries.  
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to  
perform the following precautions:  
l
Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in  
the radiator.  
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-14.  
l
Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold  
reduces battery capacity.  
l
Inspect the ignition system for damage  
and loose connections.  
CAUTION  
l
Use washer fluid made with  
Too much rocking may cause engine  
overheating, transaxle failure, and tire  
damage.  
antifreezebut don't use engine  
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid  
(page 8-20).  
l
Don't use the parking brake in freezing  
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from  
snow, sand or mud, depress the  
accelerator slightly and slowly move the  
shift lever from D to R.  
weather as the parking brake may  
freeze. Instead, shift to P and block the  
rear wheels.  
qSnow Tires  
Use snow tires on all four wheels  
Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)  
while driving with snow tires. Inflate  
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)  
more than recommended on the tire  
pressure label (driver's door frame), but  
never more than the maximum cold-tire  
pressure shown on the tires.  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page145  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (145,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
qTire Chains  
WARNING  
Check local regulations before using tire  
chains.  
Use only the same size and type tires  
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all  
four wheels:  
Using tires different in size or type is  
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling  
could be greatly affected and result in  
an accident.  
CAUTION  
l
Chains may scratch or chip  
aluminum wheels. Install tire chains  
on steel wheels only.  
l
Chains may affect handling.  
l
Don't go faster than 50 km/h (30  
CAUTION  
mph) or the chain manufacturer's  
recommended limit, whichever is  
lower.  
Check local regulations before using  
studded tires.  
l
Drive carefully and avoid bumps,  
holes, and sharp turns.  
NOTE  
l
Avoid locked-wheel braking.  
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire  
pressure monitoring system, the system  
may not function correctly when using  
tires with steel wire reinforcement in  
the sidewalls (page 5-28).  
l
Don't use chains on a temporary  
spare tire; it may result in damage to  
the vehicle and to the tire.  
l
Don't use chains on roads that are  
free of snow or ice. The tires and  
chains could be damaged.  
NOTE  
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire  
pressure monitoring system, the system  
may not function correctly when using  
tire chains.  
Install the chains on the front tires.  
Don't use chains on the rear tires.  
Use only genuine Mazda tire chains.  
Please consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page146  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (146,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
Installing the chains  
Driving In Flooded Area  
1. Remove the wheel covers, or the chain  
bands will scratch them.  
WARNING  
2. Secure the chains on the front tires as  
tightly as possible. Always follow the  
chain manufacturer's instructions.  
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly  
and applying the brakes lightly until  
brake performance returns to normal:  
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.  
Increased stopping distance or the  
vehicle pulling to one side when  
3. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2  
1 km (1/41/2 mile).  
braking could result in a serious  
accident. Light braking will indicate  
whether the brakes have been affected.  
CAUTION  
Make sure water does not enter the  
vehicle interior or the engine area.  
Interior materials could get moldy, and  
many electronic devices in the cabin  
and the engine could be damaged.  
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page147  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (147,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
Overloading  
WARNING  
Be careful not to overload your  
vehicle:  
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)  
and the gross vehicle weight rating  
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the  
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label  
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding  
these ratings can cause an accident or  
vehicle damage. You can estimate the  
weight of your load by weighing the  
items (or people) before putting them  
in the vehicle.  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page148  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (148,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Driving Tips  
Turbocharger Information  
The turbocharger greatly enhances engine power. Its advanced design provides improved  
operation and requires minimum additional maintenance. To get maximum performance  
from your turbocharged engine, take note of the following tips:  
l
The turbocharged engine is designed for optimal operation with premium unleaded  
gasoline (page 4-2). Do not use fuel with a lower octane rating. Extra fuel additives are  
NOT recommended.  
l
Change the engine oil and filter using the turbo engine interval outlined in the  
maintenance schedule (for your driving condition).  
l
Use only the recommended engine oil (page 8-12). Extra oil additives are NOT  
recommended.  
l
After driving at freeway speeds or up a long hill, idle the engine at least 30 seconds to  
cool the turbo before turning off the engine. Avoid simply shutting the engine off  
abruptly after a hard or long drive. Damage to the turbocharger may result.  
l
Don't race or over-rev the engine when starting. This should not be done with ANY  
engine, especially not with one that's turbocharged.  
l
Do not add any aftermarket devices to alter the engine's ignition timing, fuel delivery, or  
turbo boost pressure. This may lead to serious engine damage and may void your  
warranty.  
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page149  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (149,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
Trailer Towing  
Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.  
If you must tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety  
depends on proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling,  
braking, durability, performance, and economy.  
Never overload vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further  
details.  
CAUTION  
Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda. If you do,  
you may damage the engine, transaxle, differential, wheel bearings, and other power  
train components.  
qWeight Limits  
TTW and GCWR  
The total trailer weight (TTW), gross combined weight rating (GCWR), gross axle  
weight rating (GAWR), trailer load, and trailer tongue load must be within the  
prescribed limits.  
l
The total trailer weight (TTW) is the sum of the weights of the trailer load (trailer  
weight plus cargo), trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and vehicle load. Never allow  
the total trailer weight (TTW) to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing-Load  
Table.  
l
The maximum GCWR is the combined weight of the trailer and load plus the  
towing vehicle (including trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and load). It must not  
exceed specifications in the load table.  
GAWR and GVWR  
Don't exceed front and rear GAWR (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR (gross vehicle  
weight rating). If you do, vehicle handling, braking, and performance will be affected.  
These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver's  
door frame.  
High-altitude operation  
In a high-altitude operating environment, a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3% to  
4% per 304 m (1,000 ft) of elevation. In these conditions, a reduction in gross vehicle  
weight and gross combined weight is recommended.  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page150  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (150,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE  
Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this  
table.  
Model  
Item  
2WD  
4WD  
MAX. FRONTAL  
AREA  
2.97 m2 (32 ft2)  
Add trailer's weight, load and hitch; vehicle  
passengers and vehicle load*  
* i.e. baggage, food, camp gear  
MAX. TTW  
907 kg (2,000 lb)  
MAX. GCWR  
MAX. GAWR  
2,815 kg (6,206 lb) 2,914 kg (6,424 lb)  
1,150 kg (2,535 lb) 1,189 kg (2,621 lb)  
1,022 kg (2,253 lb) 1,083 kg (2,388 lb)  
Front  
Rear  
MAX. GVWR  
2,168 kg (4,780 lb) 2,267 kg (4,998 lb)  
Tongue load  
Trailer load  
Tongue load/Trailer load × 100 = 10% to  
15%  
TRAILER-TON-  
GUE LOAD  
Front  
Rear  
60%  
40%  
DISTRIBUTION  
OF TRAILER  
LOAD  
GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating (sum of TTW, vehicle weights and 2 passengers)  
GAWR: Gross Axle Weight Rating  
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating  
4-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page151  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (151,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
WARNING  
Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing-Load  
Table:  
Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause  
serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or  
vehicle damage, or both.  
Load your trailer with the weight about 60% toward the front and 40% toward the  
rear:  
Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous. Doing  
so could cause you to lose control. The trailer tongue load must be 10%15% of the  
total trailer load (sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo).  
Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure:  
Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue load is  
dangerous. Trailer sway from crosswinds, rough roads or other causes could result in  
loss of control and a serious accident.  
CAUTION  
The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer on  
platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company.  
qTrailer Hitch  
Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross  
trailer weight requirement.  
When not towing a trailer, remove the trailer hitch (if detachable) to reduce the possibility  
of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear-ended.  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page152  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (152,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
WARNING  
Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure:  
An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from  
crosswinds, rough roads or other causes, resulting in loss of control and a serious  
accident.  
Examine all trailer-hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose. If  
the hitch is removed, seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust, dust, water,  
dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in, possibly endangering personal safety  
and damaging your vehicle.  
Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper's  
performance.  
Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any  
mounting bolts are connected to the body:  
Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous. Exhaust gas entering the vehicle  
could cause loss of consciousness or even death.  
When mounting the trailer hitch, make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust system.  
CAUTION  
l
Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads. Don't load and unload vehicle while  
adjusting hitch. This action will change the vehicle height.  
l
Don't use an axle-mounted hitch. This may damage the axle and related parts.  
qTires  
When towing a trailer, make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold-tire  
pressure, as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver's door frame. Trailer tire size,  
load rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications.  
WARNING  
Never use the temporary spare tire when towing:  
Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as it  
could result in tire failure, loss of control, and injury to vehicle occupants.  
4-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page153  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (153,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
qSafety Chains  
Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become  
unintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the  
hitch. Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer or  
hitch manufacturer for more details.  
WARNING  
Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior  
to departure:  
Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and  
the vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, the  
trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision.  
qTrailer Lights  
Trailer lights must comply with all federal, state, and local regulations. Equip your trailer  
as required before towing it day or night.  
CAUTION  
Don't connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda.  
This may damage your vehicle's electrical system and lighting systems. Have a  
recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system, and inspect the  
brake lights and turn signals yourself before each trip.  
qTrailer Brakes  
If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg (1,000 lb), trailer brakes are required. If your  
trailer has brakes, make sure they comply with all federal, state, and local regulations.  
WARNING  
Do not connect a hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle's brake system:  
Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is  
dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury.  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page154  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (154,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
qTrailer Towing Tips  
l
Verify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded  
trailer is connected. Don't drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position.  
Inspect for incorrect tongue load, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading.  
l
l
Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from  
shifting.  
Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations. If they do not, install  
required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.  
The three main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed, and  
improper trailer loading.  
Before driving  
l
Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
Before starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle-  
to-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving a short  
distance.  
Driving  
l
Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing,  
and stopping in a traffic-free area.  
l
Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.  
l
Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance  
increases with a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle  
and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead.  
l
Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.  
l
Avoid sudden braking. It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing, especially  
so on wet or slippery roads.  
l
Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when  
heavily loaded.  
These positions will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting.  
Lane changes and turning  
Avoid quick lane changes, sudden turns, and tight turns. Slow down before turning to  
avoid the need of sudden braking.  
A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate with turns that  
are larger than normal.  
4-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page155  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (155,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
Passing  
Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles, and provide plenty of room before changing lanes.  
Crosswinds from passing vehicles, especially larger ones, and the effects of rough roads  
will affect handling.  
If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately, but  
gradually.  
Steer straight ahead. If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made, the  
combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability.  
Backing up  
Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience. Back slowly, and have a  
helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident.  
To turn the trailer, place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the  
direction you want the trailer to go. Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or  
prolonged turning.  
Ascending a hill  
Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine, or  
both.  
Descending a hill  
Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect.  
WARNING  
Always use lower gears to reduce speed:  
Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could  
cause the brakes to overheat and lose power, resulting in loss of control and a serious  
accident. Use lower gears to help reduce speed. Pull off the road and allow brakes to  
cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced.  
Overheated engine  
The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep  
upgrades.  
If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, turn off the air conditioner, drive safely to  
the side of the road, park off the right-of-way and wait for engine to cool. Refer to  
Overheating (page 7-12).  
Parking  
Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked.  
Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P.  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page156  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (156,1)  
Before Driving Your Mazda  
Towing  
Avoid parking on an incline, but if you must, follow these instructions:  
1. Depress and hold down the brake pedal.  
2. Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires.  
3. Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load.  
l
If the grade is downhill, turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face  
the curb.  
l
If it is uphill, face the rear of the front tires against the curb.  
4. Firmly apply the parking brake.  
5. Shift the transaxle into P, and stop the engine.  
To restart after parking on an incline:  
1. With the transaxle in P, start the engine. (Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal.)  
2. Shift into gear.  
3. Release the parking brake (also the foot brake) and pull away from the wheel blocks.  
Stop; apply the parking brake and shift into P.  
4. Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks.  
Fuel consumption  
Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption.  
Maintenance  
If you tow a trailer frequently, have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled  
Maintenance (page 8-3).  
4-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page157  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (157,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
5
Explanation of instruments and controls.  
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Operationí ..................................... 5-16  
Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-26  
Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-55  
íSome models.  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page158  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (158,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qIgnition Switch Positions  
Ignition Switch  
With advanced  
key  
(With advanced key)  
NOTE  
When starting the engine using the  
advanced key, refer to Starting the  
Engine (page 3-10).  
Without advanced  
key  
When starting the engine with the  
auxiliary key, perform the following  
procedure.  
LOCK  
1. Remove the auxiliary key from the  
advanced key (page 3-16).  
The steering wheel locks to protect  
against theft. Only in this position can the  
key be removed.  
2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCK  
position.  
3. Remove the start knob by pulling it  
outward while pressing the buttons on  
both the left and right sides.  
WARNING  
Remove the key only when the vehicle  
is parked:  
Removing the key from the ignition  
switch while the vehicle is moving is  
dangerous. Removing the key allows  
the steering wheel to lock. You will  
lose steering control and a serious  
accident could occur.  
Before leaving the driver's seat,  
always set the parking brake and  
make sure the shift lever is in P:  
Leaving the driver's seat without  
setting the parking brake is  
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle  
movement could occur if the parking  
brake is not set. This could cause an  
accident.  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page159  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (159,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
NOTE  
Starting the Engine  
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the  
steering wheel from side to side.  
NOTE  
Engine-starting is controlled by the  
spark ignition system.  
ACC(Accessory)  
This system meets all Canadian  
Interference-Causing Equipment  
Standard requirements regulating the  
impulse electrical field strength of radio  
noise.  
The steering wheel unlocks and some  
electrical accessories will operate.  
ON  
This is the normal running position after  
the engine is started. The warning lights  
(except brakes) should be inspected  
before the engine is started (page 5-36).  
1. Occupants should fasten their seat  
belts.  
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.  
3. Depress the brake pedal.  
NOTE  
When the ignition switch is turned to  
the ON position, the sound of the fuel  
pump motor operating near the fuel  
tank can be heard. This does not  
indicate an abnormality.  
4. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must  
restart the engine while the vehicle is  
moving, shift into neutral (N).  
NOTE  
START  
The starter will not operate if the shift  
lever is not in P or N.  
The engine is started in this position. It  
will crank until you release the key; then  
it returns to the ON position. The brake  
warning light can be checked after the  
engine is started (page 5-36).  
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START  
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at  
a time) until the engine starts.  
qIgnition Key Reminder  
CAUTION  
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or  
ACC position with the key inserted, a  
continuous beep sound will be heard  
when the driver's door is opened.  
Don't try the starter for more than 10  
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or  
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before  
trying again. Otherwise, you may  
damage the starter and drain the battery.  
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for  
about 10 seconds.  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page160  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (160,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
NOTE  
Brake System  
l
In extremely cold weather, below  
18 °C (0 °F), or after the vehicle  
qFoot Brake  
_
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes  
that adjust automatically through normal  
use.  
has not been driven in several days,  
let the engine warm up without  
operating the accelerator.  
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm,  
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by  
applying greater force than normal to the  
brake pedal. But the distance required to  
stop will be greater than usual.  
it should be started without use of  
the accelerator.  
WARNING  
Do not coast with the engine stalled or  
turned off, find a safe place to stop:  
Casting with the engine stalled or  
turned off is dangerous. Braking will  
require more effort, and the brake's  
power-assist could be depleted if you  
pump the brake. This will cause  
longer stopping distances or even an  
accident.  
Shift to a lower gear when going down  
steep hills:  
Driving with your foot continuously  
on the brake pedal or steadily applying  
the brakes for long distances is  
dangerous. This causes overheated  
brakes, resulting in longer stopping  
distances or even total brake failure.  
This could cause loss of vehicle  
control and a serious accident. Avoid  
continuous application of the brakes.  
5-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page161  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (161,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
Setting the parking brake  
WARNING  
Depress the brake pedal, then depress the  
parking brake pedal fully.  
Dry brakes that have become wet by  
driving very slowly and applying the  
brakes lightly until brake performance  
is normal:  
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.  
Increased stopping distance or the  
vehicle pulling to one side when  
braking could result in a serious  
accident. Light braking will indicate  
whether the brakes have been affected.  
qParking Brake  
Releasing the parking brake  
Depress the brake pedal, then depress the  
parking brake pedal until it releases.  
Gradually let up on the parking brake  
pedal.  
WARNING  
Before leaving the driver's seat,  
always set the parking brake and  
make sure the shift lever is in P:  
Leaving the driver's seat without  
setting the parking brake is  
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle  
movement could occur if the parking  
brake is not set. This could cause an  
accident.  
CAUTION  
Driving with the parking brake on will  
cause excessive wear of the brake  
linings or pads.  
NOTE  
Release the parking brake once before  
trying to reapply it.  
NOTE  
For parking in snow, refer to Winter  
Driving (page 4-8) regarding parking  
brake use.  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page162  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (162,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qBrake System Warning Light  
NOTE  
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes  
an indicator of leakage. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible even if the brake light is no  
longer illuminated.  
This warning has the following functions:  
WARNING  
Parking brake warning  
Do not drive with the brake system  
warning light illuminated, and contact  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have  
the brakes inspected as soon as  
possible:  
Driving with the brake system warning  
light illuminated is dangerous. It  
indicates that your brakes may not  
work at all or that they could  
completely fail at any time. If this light  
remains illuminated, after checking  
that the parking brake is fully  
released, have the brakes inspected  
immediately.  
The light comes on when the parking  
brake is applied with the ignition switch  
in the START or ON position. It goes off  
when the parking brake is fully released.  
Low brake fluid level warning  
If the light stays on after the parking brake  
is fully released, you may have a brake  
problem.  
Drive to the side of the road and park off  
the right-of-way.  
You may notice that the pedal is harder to  
push or that it may go closer to the floor.  
In either case, it will take longer to stop  
the vehicle.  
qParking Brake Reminder  
If the parking brake has not been  
completely released and the vehicle is  
driven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, a  
continuous beep sound will be heard to  
notify the driver that the parking brake  
has not been released.  
1. With the engine stopped, check the  
brake fluid level immediately and add  
fluid as required (page 8-16).  
2. After adding fluid, check the light  
again.  
If the warning light remains on, or if the  
brakes do not operate properly, do not  
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Even if the light goes out have your brake  
system inspected as soon as possible by  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page163  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (163,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)  
qABS Warning Light  
The ABS control unit continuously  
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one  
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by  
automatically releasing and reapplying  
that wheel's brake.  
The driver will feel a slight vibration in  
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering  
noise from the brake system. This is  
normal when the ABS operates. Don't  
pump the brakes, continue to press down  
on the brake pedal.  
The warning light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
If the ABS warning light stays on while  
you're driving, the ABS control unit has  
detected a system malfunction. If this  
occurs, your brakes will function normally  
as if the vehicle had no ABS.  
WARNING  
So do not rely on ABS as a substitute  
for safe driving:  
Should this happen, consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
The ABS cannot compensate for  
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive  
speed, tailgating (following another  
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and  
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire  
friction and road contact because of  
water on the road surface). You can  
still have an accident.  
NOTE  
When the engine is jump-started to  
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs  
and the ABS warning light comes on.  
This is due to a weak battery, not a  
malfunction.  
Recharge the battery.  
NOTE  
Braking distances may be longer on  
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for  
example) which usually have a hard  
foundation. A vehicle with a normal  
braking system may require less  
distance to stop under these conditions  
because the tires will build up a wedge  
of surface layer when the wheels skid.  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page164  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (164,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qElectronic Brake Force  
qBrake Assist  
Distribution System Warning  
During emergency braking situations  
when it is necessary to depress the brake  
pedal with greater force, the brake assist  
system provides braking assistance, thus  
enhancing braking performance.  
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or  
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply  
more firmly.  
If the electronic brake force distribution  
control unit determines that some  
components are operating incorrectly, the  
control unit may turn the brake system  
warning light and the ABS warning light  
on at the same time. The problem is likely  
to be an electronic brake force distribution  
system.  
NOTE  
l
When the brake pedal is depressed  
hard or depressed more quickly, the  
pedal will feel softer but the brakes  
will apply more firmly. This is a  
normal effect of the brake assist  
operation and does not indicate an  
abnormality.  
WARNING  
l
When the brake pedal is depressed  
Do not drive with both the ABS  
warning light and brake warning light  
illuminated, have the vehicle towed to  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have  
the brakes inspected as soon as  
possible:  
Driving when the brake system  
warning light and ABS warning light  
are illuminated at the same time is  
dangerous.  
hard or depressed more quickly, a  
clicking noise from the brake booster  
may be heard. This is a normal effect  
of the brake assist and does not  
indicate an abnormality.  
l
The brake assist equipment does not  
supersede the functionality of the  
vehicle's main braking system.  
When both lights are illuminated, the  
rear wheels could lock more quickly in  
an emergency stop than under normal  
circumstances.  
5-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page165  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (165,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator  
When the disc brake pads become worn,  
the built-in wear indicators contact the  
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise  
to warn that the pads should be replaced.  
When you hear this noise, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible.  
WARNING  
Do not drive with worn disc pads:  
Driving with worn disc pads is  
dangerous. The brakes could fail and  
cause a serious accident. As soon as  
you hear a screeching noise consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page166  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (166,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
Automatic Transaxle Controls  
Various Lockouts:  
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition  
switch must be in the ACC or ON position).  
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.  
qTransaxle Ranges  
CAUTION  
The shift lever must be in P or N to  
operate the starter.  
l
l
Shifting into P, N or R while the  
vehicle is moving can damage your  
transaxle.  
P (Park)  
P locks the transaxle and prevents the  
front wheels from rotating.  
Shifting into a driving gear or  
reverse when the engine is running  
faster than idle can damage the  
transaxle.  
WARNING  
R (Reverse)  
Always set the shift lever to P AND set  
the parking brake:  
Only setting the shift lever to the P  
position without using the parking  
brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous.  
If P fails to hold, the vehicle could  
move and cause an accident.  
In position R, the vehicle moves only  
backward. You must be at a complete stop  
before shifting to or from R, except under  
rare circumstances as explained in  
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).  
5-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page167  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (167,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
N (Neutral)  
qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)  
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not  
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even  
on the slightest incline unless the parking  
brake or brakes are on.  
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)  
automatically controls the transaxle shift  
point best suited to road conditions and  
driver input to optimize engine  
performance and improve drive comfort.  
When cornering the vehicle, AAS mode  
will hold the transaxle in the gear the  
vehicle was in before entering the curve,  
allowing the vehicle to be accelerated  
from the same gear after exiting the curve.  
If the driver accelerates rapidly, or  
accelerates and decelerates rapidly by  
operating the accelerator and brake pedal  
for a certain period of time while the  
selector lever is in the D position, AAS  
mode could activate. When this occurs,  
AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in  
the optimum gear and the driver may  
sense that the transaxle is not shifting,  
however this does not indicate an  
abnormality.  
WARNING  
If the engine is running faster than  
idle, do not shift from N or P into a  
driving gear:  
It's dangerous to shift from N or P  
into a driving gear when the engine is  
running faster than idle. If this is  
done, the vehicle could move suddenly,  
causing an accident or serious injury.  
Do not shift into N when driving the  
vehicle:  
Shifting into N while driving is  
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be  
applied when decelerating which  
could lead to an accident or serious  
injury.  
qShift-Lock System  
The shift-lock system prevents shifting  
out of P unless the brake pedal is  
depressed.  
CAUTION  
Do not shift into N when driving the  
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle  
damage.  
To shift from P:  
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.  
2. Start the engine.  
D (Drive)  
3. Move the shift lever.  
D is the normal driving position. From a  
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift  
through a 6-gear sequence.  
M (Manual)  
M is the manual shift mode position.  
Gears can be shifted up or down by  
operating the shift lever.  
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-12).  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page168  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (168,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
NOTE  
NOTE  
l
When the ignition switch is in the  
LOCK position, the shift lever  
cannot be shifted from P.  
If you change to manual shift mode  
when the vehicle is stopped, the gear  
will shift to M1.  
l
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the  
Indicators  
ignition key cannot be removed  
unless the shift lever is in P.  
Shift position indicator  
l
(With Advanced Key)  
In manual shift mode, the Mof the shift  
position indicator in the instrument panel  
illuminates.  
The ignition switch cannot be turned  
from the ACC position to the LOCK  
position when the shift lever is not in  
P.  
Gear position indicator  
The numeral for the selected gear  
illuminates.  
qManual Shift Mode  
This mode gives you the feel of driving a  
manual transaxle vehicle by operating the  
shift lever and allows you to control  
engine rpm and torque to the front wheels  
much like a manual transaxle when more  
control is desired.  
Shift position  
indicator  
To change to manual shift mode, shift the  
lever from D to M.  
Gear position indicator  
To return to automatic shift mode, shift  
the lever from M to D.  
5-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page169  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (169,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
NOTE  
NOTE  
l
l
If the gears cannot be shifted down  
When driving slowly, the gears may  
not shift up depending on vehicle  
speed.  
when driving at higher speeds, the  
gear position indicator will flash  
twice to signal that the gears cannot  
be shifted down.  
l
In manual shift mode, gears do not  
shift up automatically. Don't run the  
engine with the tachometer needle in  
the RED ZONE. If the tachometer  
needle enters the RED ZONE, you  
may feel engine-braking because the  
fuel delivery will be stopped to  
l
If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)  
temperature becomes too high, there  
is the possibility that the transaxle  
will switch to automatic shift mode,  
canceling manual shift mode and  
turning off the gear position indicator  
illumination. This is a normal  
protect the engine. However, this  
does not indicate an abnormality.  
function to protect the AT. After the  
ATF temperature has decreased, the  
gear position indicator illumination  
turns back on and driving in manual  
shift mode is restored.  
l
When depressing the accelerator  
fully, the transaxle will shift to a  
lower gear, depending on vehicle  
speed.  
Manually Shifting down  
Shifting  
(M6M5M4M3M2M1)  
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift  
lever forward ( ) once.  
Manually Shifting up  
(M1M2M3M4M5M6)  
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift  
lever back ( ) once.  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page170  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (170,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
Shifting specification  
Shifting up  
WARNING  
If the vehicle speed is lower than the  
speed specified for each gear, the gear  
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.  
Do not use engine braking on slippery  
road surfaces or at high speeds:  
Shifting down while driving on wet,  
snowy, or frozen roads, or while  
driving at high speeds causes sudden  
engine braking, which is dangerous.  
The sudden change in tire speed could  
cause the tires to skid. This could lead  
to loss of vehicle control and an  
accident.  
Gear  
Vehicle speed  
You can shift up to M2 whether the  
vehicle is stopped or moving.  
M1M2  
M2M3  
M3M4  
M4M5  
M5M6  
9 km/h (6 mph)  
26 km/h (16 mph)  
36 km/h (22 mph)  
53 km/h (33 mph)  
Shifting down  
NOTE  
If the vehicle speed is higher than the  
speed specified for each gear, the gear  
cannot be shifted down to a lower gear.  
l
When driving at high speeds, the  
gear may not shift down depending  
on vehicle speed.  
Gear  
M6M5  
Vehicle speed  
230 km/h (143 mph)  
182 km/h (113 mph)  
135 km/h (83 mph)  
86 km/h (53 mph)  
l
During deceleration, the gear may  
M5M4  
M4M3  
M3M2  
M2M1  
automatically shift down depending  
on vehicle speed.  
l
When depressing the accelerator  
44 km/h (27 mph)  
fully, the transaxle will shift to a  
lower gear, depending on vehicle  
speed.  
During deceleration, the gears shift down  
automatically when speed is reduced to  
the following:  
Gear  
M6M5  
Vehicle speed  
52 km/h (32 mph)  
Second gear fixed mode  
When the shift lever is tapped back (  
)
M5M4  
34 km/h (21 mph)  
25 km/h (15 mph)  
8 km/h (5 mph)  
while the vehicle is stopped, the transaxle  
is set in the second gear fixed mode. The  
gear is fixed in second while in this mode  
for easier starting and driving on slippery  
roads. If the shift lever is tapped back (  
or forward ( ) while in the second gear  
fixed mode, the mode will be canceled.  
M4M3  
M3 or M2M1  
)
NOTE  
The gear does not shift down to M1  
automatically while in the second gear  
fixed mode.  
5-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page171  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (171,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
If the vehicle is kicked down at the  
following speeds or lower, the gears shift  
down automatically:  
Climbing steep grades from a stop  
To climb a steep grade from a stopped  
position:  
Gear  
M6M5  
Vehicle speed  
220 km/h (136 mph)  
50 km/h (31 mph)  
30 km/h (18 mph)  
8 km/h (5 mph)  
1. Depress the brake pedal.  
M5M4  
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the  
load weight and grade steepness.  
M4M3  
M3 or M2M1  
3. Release the brake pedal while  
gradually accelerating.  
Recommendations for shifting  
Upshifting  
Descending steep grades  
When descending a steep grade, shift to  
lower gears, depending on load weight  
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,  
using the brakes only occasionally to  
prevent them from overheating.  
For normal acceleration and cruising, we  
recommend these shift points.  
Gear  
M1 to M2  
Vehicle speed  
24 km/h (15 mph)  
M2 to M3  
M3 to M4  
M4 to M5  
M5 to M6  
40 km/h (25 mph)  
65 km/h (40 mph)  
73 km/h (45 mph)  
80 km/h (50 mph)  
Downshifting  
When you must slow down in heavy  
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift  
before the engine starts to overwork. This  
gives better acceleration when you need  
more speed.  
On a steep downgrade, downshifting  
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs  
brake life.  
qDriving Tips  
Passing  
For extra power when passing another  
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress  
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will  
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle  
speed.  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page172  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (172,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
Power Steering  
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)  
Operationí  
Power steering is only operable when the  
engine is running. If the engine is off or if  
the power steering system is inoperable,  
you can still steer, but it requires more  
physical effort.  
AWD provides excellent driveability on  
snow-covered and ice-packed roads, sand  
and mud, as well as on steep slopes and  
other slippery surfaces.  
If the steering feels rigid during normal  
driving, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
qAWD Driving  
WARNING  
CAUTION  
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and  
abrupt maneuvers when driving this  
vehicles:  
Never hold the steering wheel to the  
extreme left or right for more than 5  
seconds with the engine running.  
This could damage the power steering  
system.  
Vehicles with a higher center of  
gravity such as utility and AWD  
vehicles handle differently than  
vehicles with a lower center of gravity.  
Utility and AWD vehicles are not  
designed for cornering at speeds as  
high as passenger cars any more than  
low-slung sport cars are designed to  
perform satisfactorily under off-road  
conditions. Failure to drive cautiously  
could result in an increase risk of loss  
of vehicle control, vehicle roll-over,  
personal injury and death.  
Utility vehicles have a significantly  
higher rollover rate than other types of  
vehicles.  
5-16  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page173  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (173,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qAWD Warning Light  
WARNING  
Never spin a wheel that is off the  
ground:  
Spinning a wheel that is off the  
ground as a result of the vehicle being  
stuck or in a ditch is dangerous. The  
drive assembly could be seriously  
damaged which could lead to an  
accident or could even lead to  
overheating, oil leakage, and a fire.  
This warning light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
Thereafter, the warning light will  
illuminate or flash under the following  
conditions:  
qTires and Tire Chains  
l
Illuminates when there is an  
abnormality with the AWD system.  
The condition of the tires plays a large  
role in the performance of the vehicle.  
Moreover, to prevent adverse effects to  
the drive assembly, please note the  
following:  
l
Flashes when the differential oil  
temperature is abnormally high.  
l
Flashes when there are continually  
Tires  
large differences between front and rear  
wheel rotation, such as when trying to  
pull away from an icy surface.  
l
When replacing tires, always replace  
all front and rear tires at the same time.  
If the AWD warning light illuminates:  
l
All tires must be of the same size,  
manufacture, brand and tread pattern.  
Pay particular attention when  
equipping snow or other types of  
winter tires.  
If the AWD warning light illuminates,  
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
If the AWD warning light flashes:  
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a  
few moments; if the warning light stops  
flashing, you can resume driving. If the  
light does not stop flashing, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
Do not mix tread-worn tires with  
normal tires.  
l
Inspect tire inflation pressures at the  
specified periods and adjust to the  
specified pressures.  
NOTE  
Check the tire inflation pressure label  
attached to driver's door frame for the  
correct tire inflation pressure.  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page174  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (174,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
l
Make sure to equip the vehicle with  
Cruise Control  
genuine wheels of the specified size,  
on all wheels. With AWD, the system  
is calibrated for all four wheels being  
of the same dimensions.  
With cruise control, you can set and  
automatically maintain any speed of more  
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).  
Tire chains  
l
Install tire chains to the front tires.  
WARNING  
l
Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30  
km/h (19 mph) with the tire chains  
installed.  
Do not use the cruise control under  
the following conditions:  
Using the cruise control under the  
following conditions is dangerous and  
could result in loss of vehicle control.  
l
Do not drive the vehicle with tire  
chains on road conditions other than  
snow or ice.  
l
Hilly terrain  
Steep inclines  
Heavy or unsteady traffic  
Slippery or winding roads  
Similar restrictions that require  
inconsistent speed  
l
l
qTowing  
l
If the vehicle requires towing, have it  
towed with all four wheels completely off  
the ground(page 7-19).  
l
qCruise Main Indicator Light  
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator  
Light (Green)  
The indicator light has two colors.  
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)  
The indicator light illuminates amber  
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and  
the cruise control system is activated.  
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)  
The indicator light illuminates green when  
a cruising speed has been set.  
5-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page175  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (175,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
3. Press down the cruise control switch  
and release it at the speed you want.  
Release the accelerator at the same  
time.  
qActivation/Deactivation  
To activate the system, press the ON/OFF  
switch.  
The cruise main indicator light  
illuminates.  
To deactivate the system, press the switch  
again.  
The cruise main indicator light turns off.  
Cruise  
control  
switch  
Don't continue to hold the switch. Until  
you release it, speed will continue to drop  
(unless you continue to accelerate) and  
you'll miss the desired speed.  
NOTE  
l
The SET function can't be activated  
until about 2 seconds after the ON/  
OFF switch has been engaged.  
WARNING  
Keep the ON/OFF switch off when  
cruise control is not in use:  
Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when  
not using the cruise control is  
dangerous as it may be switched on  
accidentally. This could result in loss  
of vehicle control.  
l
On a steep grade, the vehicle may  
momentarily slow down going up or  
speed up while going down.  
qTo Set Speed  
1. Activate the cruise control system by  
pressing the ON/OFF switch.  
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which  
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page176  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (176,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qTo Increase Cruising Speed  
NOTE  
Follow either of these procedures.  
Accelerate if you want to speed up  
temporarily when the cruise control is  
on. Greater speed will not interfere with  
it or change the set speed.  
Take your foot off the accelerator to  
return to the set speed.  
l
Pull up the cruise control switch and  
hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.  
Release the switch at the speed you  
want.  
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed  
Cruise  
control  
switch  
Press down the cruise control switch and  
hold it. The vehicle will gradually slow.  
Release the switch at the speed you want.  
Cruise  
control  
switch  
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that  
allows you to increase your current speed  
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a  
momentary tap of the cruise control  
switch. Multiple taps will increase your  
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each  
tap.  
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that  
allows you to decrease your current speed  
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a  
momentary tap of the cruise control  
switch. Multiple taps will decrease your  
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each  
tap.  
l
Accelerate to the desired speed.  
press down the cruise control switch  
and release it immediately.  
Cruise  
control  
switch  
5-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page177  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (177,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
l
Press the CANCEL button.  
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at  
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)  
If some other method besides the ON/  
OFF switch was used to cancel cruising  
speed and the system is still activated, the  
most recent set speed will automatically  
resume when the cruise control switch  
pulled up.  
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19  
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30  
km/h (19 mph) and pull up the cruise  
control switch.  
The system is off when the ignition is off.  
NOTE  
Cruise  
control  
switch  
Cruise control will cancel at about 15  
km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed or  
below 30 km/h (19 mph).  
qTo Cancel  
To turn off the system, use one of these  
methods:  
l
Press the ON/OFF switch.  
l
Slightly depress the brake pedal.  
5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page178  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (178,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light  
Traction Control System  
(TCS)  
The Traction Control System (TCS)  
enhances traction and safety by  
controlling engine torque. When the TCS  
detects driving wheel slippage, it lowers  
engine torque to prevent loss of traction.  
This indicator light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is  
operating, the indicator light flashes.  
This means that on a slick surface, the  
engine adjusts automatically to provide  
optimum power to the drive wheels  
without causing them to spin and lose  
traction.  
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may  
have a malfunction and they may not  
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
WARNING  
Do not rely on the traction control  
system as a substitute for safe driving:  
The traction control system (TCS)  
cannot compensate for unsafe and  
reckless driving, excessive speed,  
tailgating (following another vehicle  
too closely), and hydroplaning  
(reduced tire friction and road contact  
because of water on the road surface).  
You can still have an accident.  
NOTE  
l
In addition to the indicator light  
flashing, a slight lugging sound will  
come from the engine. This indicates  
that the TCS is operating properly.  
l
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh  
snow, it will be impossible to  
achieve high rpm when the TCS is  
on.  
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive  
at reduced speeds when roads are  
covered with ice and/or snow:  
Driving without proper traction  
devices on snow and/or ice-covered  
roads is dangerous. The traction  
control system (TCS) alone cannot  
provide adequate traction and you  
could still have an accident.  
5-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page179  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (179,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qTCS OFF Indicator Light  
NOTE  
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is  
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable.  
When this happens, the TCS OFF  
indicator light flashes and the TCS/DSC  
indicator light illuminates.  
To reactivate the DSC operable, do the  
following procedure with the battery  
connected.  
This indicator light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON  
position.  
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF  
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.  
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-24.  
If the light remain illuminated when the  
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle  
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The  
dynamic stability control may have a  
malfunction.  
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,  
then turn it counterclockwise fully.  
3. Make sure the TCS OFF indicator  
turns off.  
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF  
position, then turn it to the ON  
position again.  
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator  
light turns off.  
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the  
TCS OFF indicator light remain  
illuminated even after turning the  
ignition switch to the ON position,  
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page180  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (180,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
qTCS OFF Switch  
NOTE  
If the vehicle speed is less than 30 km/h  
(18 mph), press the TCS OFF switch to  
turn off the TCS. The TCS OFF indicator  
light will illuminate.  
l
If the TCS is OFF when the vehicle  
speed is more than 30 km/h (18  
mph), it automatically activates and  
the TCS OFF indicator light will turn  
off.  
l
If the TCS OFF switch is pressed  
and held for 10 seconds or more, the  
TCS OFF switch malfunction  
detection function operates and the  
TCS system activates automatically.  
The TCS OFF indicator light turns  
off while the TCS system is  
operative.  
Press the switch again to turn the TCS  
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light  
will go out. If the vehicle speed is less  
than 30 km/h (18 mph), the TCS OFF  
indicator light will not illuminate even if  
switch is pressed the switch.  
NOTE  
l
When TCS is on and you attempt to  
free the vehicle when it is stuck, or  
drive it out of freshly fallen snow,  
the TCS will activate. Depressing the  
accelerator will not increase engine  
power and freeing the vehicle may  
be difficult. When this happens, turn  
off the TCS.  
l
If the TCS is off when the engine is  
turned off, it automatically activates  
when the ignition switch is turned  
on.  
l
Leaving the TCS on will provide the  
best traction.  
5-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page181  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (181,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
Dynamic Stability Control  
(DSC)  
CAUTION  
l
The DSC may not operate correctly  
unless the following are observed:  
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)  
automatically controls braking and engine  
torque in conjunction with systems such  
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip  
when driving on slippery surfaces, or  
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,  
enhancing vehicle safety.  
l
l
l
Use tires of the correct size  
specified for your Mazda on all  
four wheels.  
Use tires of the same  
manufacturer, brand and tread  
pattern on all four wheels.  
Do not mix worn tires.  
Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page  
l
The DSC may not operate correctly  
when tire chains are used or a  
temporary spare tire is installed  
because the tire diameter changes.  
DSC operation is possible at speeds  
greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).  
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light  
WARNING  
Do not rely on the dynamic stability  
control as a substitute for safe driving:  
The dynamic stability control (DSC)  
cannot compensate for unsafe and  
reckless driving, excessive speed,  
tailgating (following another vehicle  
too closely), and hydroplaning  
(reduced tire friction and road contact  
because of water on the road surface).  
You can still have an accident.  
This indicator light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is  
operating, the indicator light flashes.  
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may  
have a malfunction and they may not  
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page182  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (182,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
TPMS does not alleviate your need to  
check the pressure and condition of all  
four tires before you drive each day.  
Tire Pressure Monitoring  
Systemí  
The tire pressure monitoring system  
(TPMS) monitors the pressure for each  
tire.  
If tire pressure is too low in one or more  
tires, the system will inform the driver via  
the warning light in the instrument panel  
and by the warning beep sound.  
CAUTION  
l
Each tire, including the spare (if  
provided), should be checked  
monthly when cold and inflated to  
the inflation pressure recommended  
by the vehicle manufacturer on the  
vehicle placard or tire inflation  
pressure label. (If your vehicle has  
tires of a different size than the size  
indicated on the vehicle placard or  
tire inflation pressure label, you  
should determine the proper tire  
inflation pressure for those tires.)  
As an added safety feature, your  
vehicle has been equipped with a tire  
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)  
that illuminates a low tire pressure  
telltale when one or more of your  
tires is significantly under-inflated.  
Accordingly, when the low tire  
pressure telltale illuminates, you  
should stop and check your tires as  
soon as possible, and inflate them to  
the proper pressure. Driving on a  
significantly under-inflated tire  
causes the tire to overheat and can  
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation  
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire  
tread life, and may affect the  
The tire pressure sensors installed on each  
wheel send tire pressure data by radio  
signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle.  
Tire pressure sensors  
NOTE  
When the ambient temperature is low  
due to seasonal changes, tire  
temperatures are also lower. If the tire  
temperature lowers, the air pressure  
lowers as well, and the TPMS warning  
light illuminates more frequently.  
Inspect the tire pressure daily before  
driving, and check the tire pressures  
monthly with a tire pressure gauge.  
When checking the tire pressures, use  
of a digital tire pressure gauge is  
recommended.  
vehicle's handling and stopping  
ability.  
Please note that the TPMS is not a  
substitute for proper tire  
maintenance, and it is the driver's  
responsibility to maintain correct tire  
pressure, even if under-inflation has  
not reached the level to trigger  
illumination of the TPMS low tire  
pressure telltale.  
5-26  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page183  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (183,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
CAUTION  
WARNING  
l
To avoid false readings, the system  
If the tire pressure monitoring system  
warning light illuminates or flashes,  
or the tire pressure warning beep  
sound is heard, decrease vehicle speed  
immediately and avoid sudden  
maneuvering and braking:  
samples for a little while before  
indicating a problem. As a result it  
will not instantaneously register a  
rapid tire deflation or blow out.  
If the tire pressure monitoring system  
warning light illuminates or flashes,  
or the tire pressure warning beep  
sound is heard, it is dangerous to drive  
the vehicle at high speeds, or perform  
sudden maneuvering or braking.  
Vehicle drivability could worsen and  
result in an accident.  
Have the system and tires checked or  
perform the appropriate repair as soon  
as possible by an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
NOTE  
This device complies with part 15 of the  
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) This  
device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause  
undesired operation.  
qTire Pressure Monitoring System  
Warning Light  
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning  
Light:  
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is  
dangerous, even if you know why it is  
illuminated. Have the problem taken  
care of as soon as possible before it  
develops into a more serious situation  
that could lead to tire failure and a  
dangerous accident.  
This warning light illuminates for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
Warning light illuminates/Warning  
beep sounds  
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates  
when tire pressure is too low in one or  
more tires, and flashes when there is a  
system malfunction.  
When the warning light illuminates, and  
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3  
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or  
more tires.  
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire  
pressure. Refer to the specification charts  
(page 10-6).  
5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page184  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (184,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
If the warning light illuminates again even  
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there  
may be a tire puncture. Replace the  
punctured tire with the temporary spare  
tire (page 7-6).  
CAUTION  
When replacing/repairing the tires or  
wheels or both, have the work done by  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire  
pressure sensors may be damaged.  
NOTE  
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to  
the temporary spare tire. The warning  
light will flash continuously while the  
temporary spare tire is being used.  
NOTE  
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment  
when the tires are cold. Tire pressure  
will vary according to the tire  
temperature, therefore let the vehicle  
stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1.6  
km (1 mile) or less before adjusting  
the tire pressures. When pressure is  
adjusted on hot tires to the cold  
inflation pressure, the TPMS  
Warning light flashes  
When the warning light flashes, there may  
be a system malfunction. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qSystem Error Activation  
warning light/beep may turn on after  
the tires cool and pressure drops  
below specification.  
When the TPMS warning light flashes,  
there may be a system malfunction.  
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
A system error activation may occur in  
the following cases:  
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning  
light, resulting from the tire air  
pressure dropping due to cold  
ambient temperature, may go out if  
the ambient temperature rises. In this  
case, it will also be necessary to  
adjust the tire air pressures. If the  
TPMS warning light illuminates due  
to a drop in tire air pressure, make  
sure to check and adjust the tire air  
pressures.  
l
When there is equipment or a device  
near the vehicle using the same radio  
frequency as that of the tire pressure  
sensors.  
l
When using the following devices in  
the vehicle that may cause radio  
interference with the receiver unit.  
l
After adjusting the tire air pressures,  
l
A digital device such as a personal  
it may require some time for the  
TPMS warning light to go out. If the  
TPMS warning light remains  
illuminated, drive the vehicle at a  
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph)  
for 10 minutes, and then verify that it  
goes out.  
computer.  
A current converter device such as a  
DC-AC converter.  
l
l
When excess snow or ice adheres to  
the vehicle, especially around the  
wheels.  
l
When the tire pressure sensor batteries  
are exhausted.  
5-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page185  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (185,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
l
When using a wheel with no tire  
When changing tires yourself  
pressure sensor installed.  
If you or someone else changes tires, you  
or someone else can also undertake the  
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID  
signal code registration.  
l
When using tires with steel wire  
reinforcement in the side walls.  
l
When using tire chains.  
1. After tires have been changed, turn the  
ignition switch to the ON position, then  
turn it back to the ACC or LOCK  
position.  
qTires and Wheels  
CAUTION  
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.  
When inspecting or adjusting the tire air  
pressures, do not apply excessive force  
to the stem part of the wheel unit. The  
stem part could be damaged.  
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the  
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h  
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire  
pressure sensor ID signal code will be  
registered automatically.  
Changing tires and wheels  
The following procedure allows the  
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's  
unique ID signal code whenever tires or  
wheels are changed, such as changing to  
and from winter tires.  
NOTE  
If the vehicle is driven within about 15  
minutes of changing tires, the tire  
pressure monitoring system warning  
light will flash because the sensor ID  
signal code would not have been  
registered. If this happens, park the  
vehicle for about 15 minutes, after  
which the sensor ID signal code will  
register upon driving the vehicle for 10  
minutes.  
NOTE  
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique  
ID signal code. The signal code must be  
registered with the TPMS before it can  
work. The easiest way to do it is to have  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer change  
your tire and complete ID signal code  
registration.  
When having tires changed at an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer  
Tire pressure sensor ID signal code  
registration is completed when an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your  
vehicle's tires.  
5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page186  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (186,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Starting and Driving  
Replacing tires and wheels  
NOTE  
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal  
code must be registered when a new  
tire pressure sensor is purchased. For  
purchase of a tire pressure sensor and  
registration of the tire pressure  
sensor ID signal code, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
CAUTION  
l
When replacing/repairing the tires or  
wheels or both, have the work done  
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or  
the tire pressure sensors may be  
damaged.  
l
When reinstalling a previously  
removed tire pressure sensor to a  
wheel, replace the grommet for the  
tire pressure sensor.  
l
The wheels equipped on your Mazda  
are specially designed for installation  
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not  
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it  
may not be possible to install the tire  
pressure sensors.  
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors  
installed whenever tires or wheels are  
replaced.  
When having a tire or wheel or both  
replaced, the following types of tire  
pressure sensor installation are possible.  
l
The tire pressure sensor is removed  
from the old wheel and installed to the  
new one.  
l
The same tire pressure sensor is used  
with the same wheel. Only the tire is  
replaced.  
l
A new tire pressure sensor is installed  
to a new wheel.  
5-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page188  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (188,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Instrument Cluster and Indicators  
qSpeedometer  
The speedometer indicates the speed of  
the vehicle.  
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip  
Trip meter A  
Odometer  
Meter Selector  
The display mode can be changed  
between trip meter A and trip meter B by  
pressing the selector while one of them is  
displayed. The selected mode will be  
displayed.  
Press the selector  
Trip meter B  
Odometer  
Selector  
Press the selector  
Trip meter  
Odometer  
5-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page189  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (189,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Instrument Cluster and Indicators  
When trip meter A is selected, pressing  
the selector again within one second will  
change to trip meter B mode.  
NOTE  
l
(Standard meter)  
The odometer and trip meter can be  
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A  
will be displayed. When trip meter B is  
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.  
displayed as follows even when the  
ignition switch is in the ACC or  
LOCK position.  
l
Displays for 10 minutes after the  
The trip meter records the total distance  
the vehicle is driven until the meter is  
again reset. Return it to 0.0by holding  
the selector depressed for more than 1  
second. Use this meter to measure trip  
distances and to compute fuel  
ignition switch is turned to the  
ACC or LOCK position from the  
ON position.  
Displays for 10 minutes after the  
driver's door is opened.  
l
l
consumption.  
(Black-out meter)  
When the ignition switch is in the  
ACC or LOCK position, the  
odometer or trip meters cannot be  
displayed, however, pressing the  
selector button can inadvertently  
switch the trip meters or reset them  
during an approximate ten-minute  
period in the following cases:  
NOTE  
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of  
kilometers (miles).  
l
The trip record will be erased when:  
l
The power supply is interrupted  
(blown fuse or the battery is  
disconnected).  
The vehicle is driven over 999.9  
l
After the ignition switch is turned  
to the ACC or LOCK position  
from the ON position.  
After the driver's door is opened.  
l
km (mile).  
l
Odometer  
The odometer records the total distance  
the vehicle has been driven.  
Trip meter  
The trip meter can record the total  
distance of two trips. One is recorded in  
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in  
trip meter B.  
For instance, trip meter A can record the  
distance from the point of origin, and trip  
meter B can record the distance from  
where the fuel tank is filled.  
5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page190  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (190,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Instrument Cluster and Indicators  
qTachometer  
CAUTION  
The tachometer shows engine speed in  
thousands of revolutions per minute  
(rpm).  
Driving with an overheated engine can  
cause serious engine damage (page  
Red zone  
qFuel Gauge  
The fuel gauge shows approximately how  
much fuel is in the tank. We recommend  
keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the  
low fuel warning light illuminates or  
when the needle is near E, refuel as soon  
as possible.  
CAUTION  
Don't run the engine with the  
Low fuel  
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.  
This may cause severe engine damage.  
warning light  
q
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge  
The engine coolant temperature gauge  
shows the temperature of the engine  
coolant.  
NOTE  
The direction of the arrow ( ) shown  
next to the low fuel warning light  
indicates that the fuel-filler lid is on the  
left side of the vehicle.  
If the needle is near H, it indicates  
overheating.  
5-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page191  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (191,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Instrument Cluster and Indicators  
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,  
or in other situations when the instrument  
cluster or information display's visibility  
is reduced due to glare from surrounding  
brightness, cancel the illumination  
dimmer and increase the illumination  
intensity.  
qDashboard Illumination  
Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of  
the instrument cluster and other  
illuminations in the dashboard.  
NOTE  
l
The brightness of dashboard  
To cancel the illumination dimmer, press  
the dashboard illumination knob.  
illuminations can be adjusted when  
the headlight switch is in the or  
position.  
NOTE  
l
When the dashboard illumination  
brightness cannot be adjusted any  
more, a beep sound will be heard.  
If the dashboard illumination knob is  
kept at the illumination dimmer cancel  
position, the instrument cluster and the  
information display will not dim when  
the headlight switch is turned to the  
l
(Black-out meter)  
The brightness of the instrument  
cluster illumination can be adjusted  
when the headlight switch is in any  
position.  
or  
position again.  
Dim  
Bright  
Canceling the illumination dimmer  
(Black-out meter and dashboard  
illuminations)  
When the headlight switch is in the or  
position, the illumination of the  
instrument cluster and the information  
display dims.  
5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page192  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (192,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
Warning/Indicator Lights  
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas  
Signal  
Warning/Indicator Lights  
Brake System Warning Light  
Page  
Charging System Warning Light  
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light  
Check Engine Light  
ABS Warning Light  
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light  
Low Fuel Warning Light  
5-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page193  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (193,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
Signal  
Warning/Indicator Lights  
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep  
Page  
Door-Ajar Warning Light  
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light  
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light  
AWD Warning Light  
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light  
KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green)  
Security Indicator Light  
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light  
Shift Position Indicator Light  
TCS/DSC Indicator Light  
TCS OFF Indicator Light  
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)  
Light-On Indicator Light  
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights  
5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page194  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (194,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
qBrake System Warning Light  
NOTE  
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes  
an indicator of leakage. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible even if the brake light is no  
longer illuminated.  
This warning has the following functions:  
WARNING  
Parking brake warning  
Do not drive with the brake system  
warning light illuminated, and contact  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have  
the brakes inspected as soon as  
possible:  
Driving with the brake system warning  
light illuminated is dangerous. It  
indicates that your brakes may not  
work at all or that they could  
completely fail at any time. If this light  
remains illuminated, after checking  
that the parking brake is fully  
released, have the brakes inspected  
immediately.  
The light comes on when the parking  
brake is applied with the ignition switch  
in the START or ON position. It goes off  
when the parking brake is fully released.  
Low brake fluid level warning  
If the light stays on after the parking brake  
is fully released, you may have a brake  
problem.  
Drive to the side of the road and park off  
the right-of-way.  
You may notice that the pedal is harder to  
push or that it may go closer to the floor.  
In either case, it will take longer to stop  
the vehicle.  
qABS Warning Light  
1. With the engine stopped, check the  
brake fluid level immediately and add  
fluid as required (page 8-16).  
2. After adding fluid, check the light  
again.  
If the warning light remains on, or if the  
brakes do not operate properly, do not  
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
The warning light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
Even if the light goes out have your brake  
system inspected as soon as possible by  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page195  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (195,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
If the ABS warning light stays on while  
you're driving, the ABS control unit has  
detected a system malfunction. If this  
occurs, your brakes will function normally  
as if the vehicle had no ABS.  
Should this happen, consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
WARNING  
Do not drive with both the ABS  
warning light and brake warning light  
illuminated, have the vehicle towed to  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have  
the brakes inspected as soon as  
possible:  
NOTE  
Driving when the brake system  
warning light and ABS warning light  
are illuminated at the same time is  
dangerous.  
When both lights are illuminated, the  
rear wheels could lock more quickly in  
an emergency stop than under normal  
circumstances.  
When the engine is jump-started to  
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs  
and the ABS warning light comes on.  
This is due to a weak battery, not a  
malfunction.  
Recharge the battery.  
qElectronic Brake Force  
Distribution System Warning  
qCharging System Warning Light  
If the electronic brake force distribution  
control unit determines that some  
components are operating incorrectly, the  
control unit may turn the brake system  
warning light and the ABS warning light  
on at the same time. The problem is likely  
to be an electronic brake force distribution  
system.  
This warning light illuminates when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position and turns off when the engine is  
started.  
If the warning light illuminates while  
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the  
alternator or of the charging system.  
Drive to the side of the road and park off  
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
5-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page196  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (196,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
Don't continue driving when the  
charging system warning light is  
illuminated because the engine could  
stop unexpectedly.  
Don't run the engine if oil pressure is  
low. It could result in extensive engine  
damage.  
qCheck Engine Light  
q
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light  
If this light comes on while driving, the  
vehicle may have a problem. It is  
important to note the driving conditions  
when the light came on and consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
This warning light illuminates when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position and turns off when the engine is  
started.  
This warning light indicates low engine  
oil pressure.  
The check engine light may come on in  
the following cases:  
l
The fuel tank level being very low or  
If the light illuminates while driving:  
approaching empty.  
1. Drive to the side of the road and park  
off the right-of-way on level ground.  
l
The engine's electrical system has a  
problem.  
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes  
for the oil to drain back into the oil  
pan.  
l
The emission control system has a  
problem.  
l
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not  
tightened securely.  
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-13).  
If it's low, add oil.  
If the check engine light remains on or  
flashes continuously, do not drive at high  
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer as soon as possible.  
4. Check the warning light.  
If the light remains illuminated even after  
you add oil, have your vehicle towed to  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page197  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (197,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt  
Pretensioner System Warning Light  
qLow Fuel Warning Light  
Low fuel  
warning light  
This warning light in the fuel gauge  
signals that the fuel tank will soon be  
empty.  
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner  
system is normal, the warning light  
illuminates when the ignition switch is  
turned to the ON position or after the  
engine is cranked. For a specified period  
of time it goes out.  
Refuel as soon as possible.  
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep  
A system malfunction is indicated when  
the warning light constantly flashes,  
constantly illuminates or doesn't  
illuminate at all when the ignition switch  
is turned to the ON position. If any of  
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer as soon as possible. The system  
may not work in an accident.  
The seat belt warning light illuminates  
and a beep sound will be heard if the  
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position.  
WARNING  
Conditions of operation  
Never tamper with the air bag/  
pretensioner systems and always have  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform  
all servicing and repairs:  
Self-servicing or tampering with the  
systems is dangerous. An air bag/  
pretensioner could accidentally  
activate or become disabled causing  
serious injury or death.  
Condition  
Result  
The driver's seat belt is not The warning light  
fastened when the ignition flashes and a beep  
switch is turned to the ON sound will be heard  
position.  
for about 6 seconds.  
The driver's seat belt is  
fastened while the warning  
light and the beep sound are  
activated.  
The warning light  
turns off and the beep  
sound stops.  
The driver's seat belt is  
The warning light will  
fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the  
switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be  
position.  
heard.  
5-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page198  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (198,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
Belt minder  
NOTE  
Front passenger seat  
The seat belt warning light/beep reminds  
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt  
according to the chart below.  
The belt minder can be deactivated.  
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to  
deactivate and restore the seat belt  
minder.  
Vehicle speed  
Between 0 20  
km/h  
20 km/h  
(12 mph) or  
more  
Condition  
(0 12 mph)  
Seat belt  
(Driver)  
Driver's seat  
Seat belt  
(Passenger)  
The belt minder is a supplemental  
warning to the seat belt warning function.  
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened  
when the ignition switch is turned to the  
ON position, the warning light/beep  
operates to give you further reminders  
according to the chart below.  
Indicator  
Beep  
: Fastened  
: Unfastened  
: Illuminated  
: Flashing  
: Beep  
Vehicle speed  
Between 0 20  
km/h  
(0 12 mph)  
20 km/h  
(12 mph) or  
more  
Condition  
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues  
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers  
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the  
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound  
period has passed.  
Seat belt  
Indicator  
Beep  
: Fastened  
NOTE  
: Unfastened  
: Illuminated  
: Flashing  
: Beep  
l
To allow the front passenger seat  
weight sensor to function properly,  
do not place and sit on an additional  
seat cushion on the front passenger  
seat. The sensor may not function  
properly because the additional seat  
cushion could cause sensor  
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues  
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers  
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the  
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound  
period has passed.  
interference.  
l
Package or pets on the front  
passenger seat might give you a false  
warning. If you place the luggage or  
others on the front passenger seat,  
the warning light operates depending  
on its weight.  
5-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page199  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (199,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light  
CAUTION  
If the automatic transaxle warning light  
illuminates, the transaxle has an  
electrical problem. Continuing to drive  
your Mazda in this condition could  
cause damage to your transaxle.  
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as  
soon as possible.  
This warning light comes on when any  
door isn't securely closed.  
qAWD Warning Light (AWD)  
qLow Washer Fluid Level  
Warning Lightí  
This warning light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
Thereafter, the warning light will  
illuminate or flash under the following  
conditions:  
This warning light indicates that little  
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page  
q
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light  
l
Illuminates when there is an  
abnormality with the AWD system.  
l
Flashes when the differential oil  
temperature is abnormally high.  
l
Flashes when there are continually  
large differences between front and rear  
wheel rotation, such as when trying to  
pull away from an icy surface.  
This warning light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
The light illuminates when the transaxle  
has a problem.  
If the AWD warning light illuminates:  
If the AWD warning light illuminates,  
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
íSome models.  
5-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page200  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (200,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
If the AWD warning light flashes:  
WARNING  
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a  
few moments; if the warning light stops  
flashing, you can resume driving. If the  
light does not stop flashing, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
If the tire pressure monitoring system  
warning light illuminates or flashes,  
or the tire pressure warning beep  
sound is heard, decrease vehicle speed  
immediately and avoid sudden  
maneuvering and braking:  
If the tire pressure monitoring system  
warning light illuminates or flashes,  
or the tire pressure warning beep  
sound is heard, it is dangerous to drive  
the vehicle at high speeds, or perform  
sudden maneuvering or braking.  
Vehicle drivability could worsen and  
result in an accident.  
WARNING  
Never spin a wheel that is off the  
ground:  
Spinning a wheel that is off the  
ground as a result of the vehicle being  
stuck or in a ditch is dangerous. The  
drive assembly could be seriously  
damaged which could lead to an  
accident or could even lead to  
overheating, oil leakage, and a fire.  
Have the system and tires checked or  
perform the appropriate repair as soon  
as possible by an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
qTire Pressure Monitoring System  
(TPMS) Warning Lightí  
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning  
Light:  
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is  
dangerous, even if you know why it is  
illuminated. Have the problem taken  
care of as soon as possible before it  
develops into a more serious situation  
that could lead to tire failure and a  
dangerous accident.  
This warning light illuminates for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
Warning light illuminates/Warning  
beep sounds  
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates  
when tire pressure is too low in one or  
more tires, and flashes when there is a  
system malfunction.  
When the warning light illuminates, and  
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3  
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or  
more tires.  
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire  
pressure. Refer to the specification charts  
(page 10-6).  
5-44  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page201  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (201,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
If the warning light illuminates again even  
CAUTION  
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there  
may be a tire puncture. Replace the  
punctured tire with the temporary spare  
tire (page 7-6).  
When replacing/repairing the tires or  
wheels or both, have the work done by  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire  
pressure sensors may be damaged.  
NOTE  
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to  
the temporary spare tire. The warning  
light will flash continuously while the  
temporary spare tire is being used.  
NOTE  
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment  
when the tires are cold. Tire pressure  
will vary according to the tire  
temperature, therefore let the vehicle  
stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1.6  
km (1 mile) or less before adjusting  
the tire pressures. When pressure is  
adjusted on hot tires to the cold  
inflation pressure, the TPMS  
Warning light flashes  
When the warning light flashes, there may  
be a system malfunction. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY  
Indicator Light (Green) (with  
Advanced Key)  
warning light/beep may turn on after  
the tires cool and pressure drops  
below specification.  
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning  
light, resulting from the tire air  
pressure dropping due to cold  
ambient temperature, may go out if  
the ambient temperature rises. In this  
case, it will also be necessary to  
adjust the tire air pressures. If the  
TPMS warning light illuminates due  
to a drop in tire air pressure, make  
sure to check and adjust the tire air  
pressures.  
This indicator has two colors.  
KEY Warning Light (Red)  
When illuminated  
l
After adjusting the tire air pressures,  
l
When the ignition switch is turned to  
it may require some time for the  
TPMS warning light to go out. If the  
TPMS warning light remains  
illuminated, drive the vehicle at a  
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph)  
for 10 minutes, and then verify that it  
goes out.  
the ON position, it illuminates  
momentarily and then goes out.  
l
If any malfunction occurs in the  
advanced keyless system, it illuminates  
continuously.  
5-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page202  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (202,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
l
Under the following conditions, the  
KEY warning light (red) will flash  
continuously when the start knob has  
not been returned to the LOCK  
position to notify the driver that the  
advanced key has been removed from  
the vehicle. It will stop flashing when  
the advanced key is back inside the  
vehicle.  
WARNING  
Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY  
warning light illuminated:  
If the KEY warning light remains  
illuminated, do not continue to drive  
using the advanced key system. Park  
the vehicle in a safe place and use the  
auxiliary key to continue driving the  
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon  
as possible.  
l
The start knob has not been returned  
to the LOCK position, the driver's  
door is open, and the advanced key  
is removed from the vehicle.  
l
The start knob has not been returned  
When flashing  
to the LOCK position and all the  
doors are closed after removing the  
advanced key from the vehicle.  
l
Under the following conditions, the  
KEY warning light (red) flashes to  
inform the driver that the start knob  
will not rotate to the ACC position  
even if it is pushed in from the LOCK  
position.  
NOTE  
The flashing KEY warning light (red)  
and the beep sound operate  
simultaneously (page 3-21).  
l
The advanced key battery is dead.  
The advanced key is not within  
l
operational range.  
The advanced key is placed in areas  
where it is difficult for the system to  
detect the signal (page 3-7).  
A key from another manufacturer  
KEY Indicator Light (Green)  
When illuminated  
l
When the start knob is pushed in from the  
LOCK position, the system confirms that  
the correct advanced key is inside the  
vehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)  
illuminates, and the start knob can be  
turned to the ACC position (page 3-10).  
l
similar to the advanced key is in the  
operational range.  
When flashing  
When the advanced key battery power is  
low, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30  
seconds after the start knob is turned from  
the ON position to the ACC or LOCK  
position. Replace with a new battery  
before the advanced key becomes  
unusable (page 3-6).  
5-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page203  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (203,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator  
NOTE  
Light  
The advanced key can be set so that the  
KEY indicator light (green) does not  
flash even if the battery power is low.  
Refer to Setting Change (Function  
Customization)(page 3-20).  
qSecurity Indicator Light  
This light indicates one of two things:  
l
The high-beam headlights are on.  
l
The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-  
pass position.  
qShift Position Indicator Light  
This indicator light starts flashing every 2  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
from the ON to the ACC position and the  
immobilizer system is armed.  
This indicates the selected shift position  
when the ignition switch is in the ON  
position.  
The light stops flashing when the ignition  
switch is turned to the ON position with  
the correct ignition key.  
At this time, the immobilizer system is  
disarmed and the light illuminates for  
about 3 seconds and then goes out.  
If the engine doesn't start with the correct  
ignition key, and the security indicator  
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the  
system may have a malfunction. Consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Gear position indicator  
5-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page204  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (204,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
Gear position indicator  
qTCS OFF Indicator Light  
When the shift lever is in the D or M  
position, the numeral for the selected gear  
displays.  
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light  
This indicator light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position.  
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF  
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.  
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-24.  
If the light remain illuminated when the  
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle  
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The  
dynamic stability control may have a  
malfunction.  
This indicator light stays on for a few  
seconds when the ignition switch is turned  
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is  
operating, the indicator light flashes.  
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the  
brake assist system may have a  
malfunction and they may not operate  
correctly. Take your vehicle to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page205  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (205,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)  
NOTE  
The indicator light illuminates amber  
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and  
the cruise control system is activated.  
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is  
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable.  
When this happens, the TCS OFF  
indicator light flashes and the TCS/DSC  
indicator light illuminates.  
To reactivate the DSC operable, do the  
following procedure with the battery  
connected.  
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)  
The indicator light illuminates green when  
a cruising speed has been set.  
qLight-On Indicator Light  
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON  
position.  
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,  
then turn it counterclockwise fully.  
3. Make sure the TCS OFF indicator  
turns off.  
This indicator light comes on when the  
exterior lights and dashboard illumination  
are on.  
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF  
position, then turn it to the ON  
position again.  
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator  
light turns off.  
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning  
Indicator Lights  
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the  
TCS OFF indicator light remain  
illuminated even after turning the  
ignition switch to the ON position,  
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qCruise Main Indicator Light  
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator  
Light (Green)  
When operating the turn signal lights, the  
left or right turn signal indicator light  
flashes to indicate which turn signal light  
is operating (page 5-55).  
When operating the hazard warning  
lights, both turn signal indicator lights  
flash (page 5-59).  
The indicator light has two colors.  
5-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page206  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (206,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
NOTE  
Beep Sounds  
If an indicator light remains illuminated  
(does not flash) or if it flashes  
abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs  
may be burned out.  
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt  
Pretensioner System Warning Beep  
If a malfunction is detected in both the air  
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system  
and the warning light, a warning beep  
sound will be heard for about 1 minute.  
After that, the one-minute beep will be  
repeated every 30 minutes.  
Have your vehicle inspected at an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible.  
WARNING  
Do not drive the vehicle with the air  
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system  
warning beep sounding:  
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/  
front seat belt pretensioner system  
warning beep sounding is dangerous.  
In a collision, the air bags and the  
front seat belt pretensioner system will  
not deploy and this could result in  
death or serious injury.  
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer  
to have the vehicle inspected as soon  
as possible.  
5-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page207  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (207,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds  
qSeat Belt Warning Beep  
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning  
Beep  
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened  
when the ignition switch is turned to the  
ON position, a beep sound will be heard  
for about 6 seconds.  
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and  
the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than  
about 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep sound  
will be heard again for a specified period  
of time.  
The warning beep sound will be heard for  
about 3 seconds when there is any  
abnormality in tire inflation pressures  
(page 5-26).  
qAdvanced Keyless Warning  
Warning indicators for the advanced key,  
such as the advanced key removed from  
vehicle warning, use a beep sound and  
warning/indicator lights in the instrument  
cluster.  
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on  
qIgnition Key Reminder  
Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on  
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or  
ACC position with the key inserted, a  
continuous beep sound will be heard  
when the driver's door is opened.  
qLights-On Reminder  
If lights are on and the key is removed  
from the ignition switch, a continuous  
beep sound will be heard when the  
driver's door is opened.  
NOTE  
When the advanced keyless function is  
used and the start knob is in the ACC  
position, the Start Knob Not in LOCK  
Warning Beep(page 3-17) overrides  
the lights-on reminder.  
qParking Brake Reminder  
If the parking brake has not been  
completely released and the vehicle is  
driven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, a  
continuous beep sound will be heard to  
notify the driver that the parking brake  
has not been released.  
5-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page208  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (208,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
Type B (With AUTO position)  
Lighting Control  
qHeadlights  
Type A (Without AUTO position)  
Turn the headlight switch to turn the  
headlights, other exterior lights and  
dashboard illumination on or off.  
Switch Position  
Turn the headlight switch to turn the  
headlights, other exterior lights and  
dashboard illumination on or off.  
Headlights  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
Taillights  
Parking lights  
License lights  
Side-marker  
lights  
Dashboard  
illumination  
Switch Position  
Auto  
Headlights  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
Taillights  
Parking lights  
License lights  
Side-marker lights  
Dashboard illumination  
NOTE  
To prevent discharging the battery, don't  
leave the lights on while the engine is  
off unless safety requires them.  
NOTE  
To prevent discharging the battery, don't  
leave the lights on while the engine is  
off unless safety requires them.  
AUTO(Auto-light control)  
When the headlight switch is in the  
AUTO position and the ignition switch is  
in the ON position, the light sensor senses  
the surrounding lightness or darkness and  
automatically turns on or off the  
headlights, other exterior lights and  
dashboard illumination (see chart above).  
5-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page209  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (209,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
CAUTION  
WARNING  
Do not shade the light sensor by  
adhering a sticker or a label on the  
windshield, or putting an object on it.  
Otherwise the light sensor will not  
operate correctly.  
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs  
yourself:  
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs  
yourself is dangerous. Because the  
xenon fusion bulbs require high  
voltage, you could receive an electric  
shock if the bulbs are handled  
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is  
necessary.  
Sensor  
NOTE  
If the headlights flash, or the brightness  
weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted  
and a replacement is necessary. Consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
NOTE  
qLights-On Reminder  
l
When the headlight switch is in the  
If lights are on and the key is removed  
from the ignition switch, a continuous  
beep sound will be heard when the  
driver's door is opened.  
AUTO position and the ignition  
switch is turned to the ACC or  
LOCK position, the headlights, other  
exterior lights and dashboard  
illumination will turn off.  
NOTE  
l
The timing for turning on the  
headlights, other exterior lights and  
dashboard illumination can be  
delayed by adjusting the sensitivity  
of the light sensor. Consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding  
sensor adjustment.  
When the advanced keyless function is  
used and the start knob is in the ACC  
position, the Start Knob Not in LOCK  
Warning Beep(page 3-17) overrides  
the lights-on reminder.  
Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí  
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights  
have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a  
bright white beam over a wide area.  
íSome models.  
5-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page210  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (210,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
qHeadlight High-Low Beam  
qHeadlight Levelingí  
Push the lever forward for high beam.  
Pull back to original position for low  
beam.  
The number of riders and weight of cargo  
in the luggage compartment change the  
angle of the headlights.  
The headlight leveling switch adjusts this  
angle.  
High beam  
Low beam  
qFlashing the Headlights  
Select the proper setting from the following chart.  
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully  
toward you. The headlight switch does  
not need to be on, and the lever will return  
to the normal position when released.  
Front seat  
Rear  
seat  
Switch  
Position  
Load  
Driver Passenger  
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
0
0
1
2
3
×
×
×
×
×: Yes  
: No  
q
Daytime Running Lights (Canada)  
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with  
the headlights on during daytime  
operation.  
For that reason, the daytime running lights  
automatically turn on when the ignition  
switch is turned to the ON position.  
NOTE  
The Daytime Running Lights turn off  
when the parking brake is applied.  
5-54  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page211  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (211,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
Fog Lightsí  
Turn and Lane-Change  
Signals  
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.  
They help you to see as well as to be seen.  
qTurn Signal  
To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the  
Move the signal lever down (for a left  
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop  
position. The signal will self-cancel after  
the turn is completed.  
fog light switch to the  
position.  
The headlight switch must be in the  
position to turn on the front fog lights.  
If the indicator light continues to flash  
after a turn, manually return the lever to  
its original position.  
Right turn  
Right lane  
change  
Fog light switch  
OFF  
Left lane  
change  
To turn them off, rotate the fog light  
switch to the OFF position or turn the  
headlight switch to the or OFF  
position.  
Left turn  
Green indicators on the dashboard show  
which signal is working.  
NOTE  
Lane-change signals  
l
The fog lights will turn off when the  
headlights are set at high beam.  
Move the lever slightly toward the  
direction of the change until the  
indicator flashesand hold it there. It  
will return to the off position when  
released.  
l
(With auto-light control)  
If the headlight switch is in the  
AUTO position, the front fog lights  
can be turned on when the  
headlights, the exterior lights and  
dashboard illumination are on.  
NOTE  
If an indicator light stays on without  
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one  
of the turn signal bulbs may be burned  
out.  
íSome models.  
5-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page212  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (212,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
NOTE  
Windshield Wipers and  
Washer  
Because heavy ice and snow can jam  
the wiper blades, the wiper motor is  
protected from motor breakdown,  
overheating and possible fire by a  
circuit breaker. This mechanism will  
automatically stop operation of the  
blades, but only for about 5 minutes.  
If this happens, turn off the wiper  
switch and park off the right-of-way,  
and remove the snow and ice.  
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and  
the blades should operate normally. If  
they don't resume functioning, consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  
possible. Drive to the side of the road  
and park off the right-of-way. Wait until  
the weather clears before trying to drive  
with the wipers inoperative.  
The ignition switch must be in the ON  
position.  
WARNING  
Use only windshield washer fluid or  
plain water in the reservoir:  
Using radiator antifreeze as washer  
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the  
windshield, it will dirty the windshield,  
affect your visibility, and could result  
in an accident.  
Do not use the washer without first  
warming the windshield and never use  
plain tap water:  
Using windshield washer fluid without  
anti-freeze protection in freezing  
temperatures is dangerous. The  
washer fluid could freeze on the  
windshield and block your vision. You  
could have an accident.  
qWindshield Wipers  
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever  
down.  
MIST Mist  
INT Intermittent  
1 Low speed  
2 High speed  
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever  
up to MIST.  
5-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page213  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (213,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
Variable-speed intermittent wipers  
Rear Window Wiper and  
Washer  
Set the lever to INT and choose the  
interval timing by rotating the ring.  
The ignition switch must be in the ON  
position.  
qRear Window Wiper  
INT ring  
qWindshield Washer  
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to  
spray washer fluid.  
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear  
wiper/washer switch.  
ON Normal  
OFF  
INT Intermittent  
qRear Window Washer  
Washer  
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/  
washer switch to the  
position. After  
the switch is released, the washer will  
stop.  
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the  
fluid level (page 8-20). If it's OK and the  
washer still doesn't work, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
NOTE  
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT  
position, the wipers will operate  
continuously until the lever is released.  
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the  
fluid level (page 8-20). If it's OK, consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
5-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page214  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (214,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
Fully Automatic Type Air Conditioning  
Rear Window Defroster  
The rear window defroster clears frost,  
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.  
The ignition switch must be in the ON  
position.  
Indicator light  
Press the switch to turn on the rear  
window defroster. The rear window  
defroster operates for about 15 minutes  
and turns off automatically.  
The indicator light illuminates during  
operation.  
CAUTION  
To turn off the rear window defroster  
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press  
the switch again.  
Don't use sharp instruments or window  
cleaners with abrasives to clean the  
inside of the rear window surface. They  
may damage the defroster grid inside  
the window.  
Manual Type Air Conditioning  
NOTE  
This defroster is not designed for  
melting snow. If there is an  
accumulation of snow on the rear  
window, remove it before using the  
defroster.  
Indicator light  
5-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page215  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (215,1)  
Driving Your Mazda  
Switches and Controls  
Horn  
Hazard Warning Flasher  
To sound the horn, press around the  
mark on the steering wheel.  
The hazard warning lights should always  
be used when you stop on or near a  
roadway.  
The hazard warning lights warn other  
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard  
and that they must take extreme caution  
when near it.  
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all  
four turn signals will flash.  
NOTE  
l
The turn signals don't work when the  
hazard warning lights are on.  
l
Check local regulations about the use  
of hazard warning lights while the  
vehicle is being towed. They may  
forbid it.  
5-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page216  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (216,1)  
5-60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page217  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (217,1)  
Interior Comfort  
6
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio  
system.  
Manual Typeí .......................................................................... 6-6  
Fully Automatic Typeí ........................................................... 6-11  
íSome models.  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page218  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (218,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
qParking in Direct Sunlight  
Operating Tips  
If the vehicle has been parked in direct  
sunlight during hot weather, open the  
windows to let warm air escape, then run  
the climate control system.  
qOperating the Climate Control  
System  
Operate the climate control system with  
the engine running.  
qNot Using for a Long Period  
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes  
at least once a month to keep internal  
parts lubricated.  
NOTE  
To prevent the battery from being  
discharged, do not leave the fan control  
dial on for a long period of time with  
the ignition switch in the ACC position  
when the engine is not running.  
qCheck the Refrigerant before the  
Weather Gets Hot  
Have the air conditioner checked before  
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant  
may make the air conditioner less  
qClearing the Air Inlet  
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.  
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow  
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in  
the cowl grille to improve the system  
efficiency.  
The air conditioner is filled with  
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will  
not damage the ozone layer.  
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant  
or has a malfunction, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qFoggy Windows  
The windows may fog up easily in humid  
weather. Use the climate control system to  
defog the windows.  
To help defog the windows, operate the  
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.  
NOTE  
The air conditioner may be used along  
with the heater to dehumidify the air.  
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position  
Use the outside air position in normal  
conditions. The recirculated air position  
should be used only when driving on  
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the  
interior.  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page219  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (219,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
Vent Operation  
Push  
qAdjusting the Vents  
Directing airflow  
You can direct air flow by rotating the vent.  
Opening/closing vents  
These vents can be opened and closed with wheel.  
NOTE  
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of  
trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled.  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page220  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (220,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
qSelecting the Airflow Mode  
Dashboard Vents  
Defroster and Floor Vents  
Dashboard and Floor Vents  
Defroster Vents  
Floor Vents  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page221  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (221,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
Types of the Climate Control System  
Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.  
Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.  
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page222  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (222,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
Manual Typeí  
Temperature control dial  
Fan control dial  
Mode selector dial  
A/C Switch  
Air intake selector  
Fan control dial  
qControl Switches  
Temperature control dial  
Hot  
Cold  
This dial allows variable fan speeds.  
0Fan off  
1Low speed  
2Medium low speed  
3Medium high speed  
4High speed  
This dial controls temperature. Turn it  
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise  
for cold.  
6-6  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page223  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (223,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
Mode selector dial  
NOTE  
The air conditioner may not function  
when the outside temperature  
approaches 0 °C (32 °F).  
Air intake selector  
Turn the mode selector dial to select  
airflow mode (page 6-4).  
NOTE  
l
If you want to slightly adjust the  
airflow amount, set the mode  
This switch controls the source of air  
entering the vehicle.  
selector dial at  
.
l
For example, when the mode selector  
dial is at the  
and  
the floor vent is less than that of the  
position.  
position between the  
positions, airflow from  
Press the  
switch to alternate  
between the outside air and recirculated  
air modes.  
It is recommended that under normal  
conditions the switch be kept in the  
outside air mode.  
í
A/C switch  
Outside air mode (Indicator light is off)  
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use  
this mode for normal ventilation and  
heating.  
Recirculated air mode (Indicator light  
is on)  
Outside air is shut off. Air within the  
vehicle is recirculated.  
Push the A/C switch to turn the air  
conditioner on. The indicator light on the  
switch will illuminate when the fan  
control dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.  
This mode can be used when driving on a  
dusty road or in similar conditions. It also  
helps to provide quicker cooling of the  
interior.  
Push the switch once again to turn the air  
conditioner off.  
íSome models.  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page224  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (224,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
NOTE  
WARNING  
l
If the windshield fogs up easily, set  
the mode selector dial to the  
position.  
Do not use the recirculated air mode  
in cold or rainy weather:  
Using the recirculated air mode in  
cold or rainy weather is dangerous as  
it will cause the windows to fog up.  
Your vision will be hampered, which  
could lead to a serious accident.  
l
If cooler air is desired at face level,  
set the mode selector dial at the  
position and adjust the temperature  
control dial to maintain maximum  
comfort.  
l
l
The air to the floor is warmer than  
air to the face (except when the  
temperature control dial is set at the  
extreme hot or cold position).  
qHeating  
1. Set the mode selector dial to the  
position.  
In the  
,
, or  
position, the  
2. Set the temperature control dial to the  
hot position.  
air conditioner is automatically  
turned on (however, the indicator  
light does not illuminate) and the  
outside air mode is automatically  
selected to defrost the windshield.  
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired  
speed.  
In the  
or  
position, the outside  
air mode cannot be changed to the  
recirculated air mode.  
qCooling (With Air Conditioner)í  
1. Set the mode selector dial to the  
position.  
2. Set the temperature control dial to the  
cold position.  
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired  
speed.  
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing  
the A/C switch.  
5. Adjust the fan control dial and  
temperature control dial to maintain  
maximum comfort.  
6-8  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page225  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (225,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
q
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging  
CAUTION  
1. Set the mode selector dial to the  
position.  
When using the air conditioner while  
driving up long hills or in heavy traffic,  
closely monitor the temperature gauge  
(page 5-34).  
2. Set the temperature control dial to the  
desired position.  
The air conditioner may cause engine  
overheating. If the gauge indicates  
overheating, turn the air conditioner off  
(page 7-12).  
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired  
speed.  
WARNING  
NOTE  
Do not defog the windshield using the  
position with the temperature  
control set to the cold position:  
l
When maximum cooling is desired,  
set the temperature control dial to the  
extreme cold position and set the air  
intake selector to the recirculated air  
mode, then set the fan control dial to  
position 4.  
Using the  
position with the  
temperature control set to the cold  
position is dangerous as it will cause  
the outside of the windshield to fog up.  
Your vision will be hampered, which  
could lead to a serious accident. Set  
the temperature control to the hot or  
warm position when using the  
position.  
l
If warmer air is desired at floor level,  
set the mode selector dial at the  
position and adjust the temperature  
control dial to maintain maximum  
comfort.  
l
The air to the floor is warmer than  
air to the face (except when the  
temperature control dial is set at the  
extreme hot or cold position).  
qVentilation  
1. Set the mode selector dial to the  
position.  
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside  
air mode.  
3. Set the temperature control dial to the  
desired position.  
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired  
speed.  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page226  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (226,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
NOTE  
NOTE  
l
For maximum defrosting, set the  
One of the functions of the air  
conditioner is dehumidifying the air  
and, to use this function, the  
temperature does not have to be set to  
cold. Therefore, set the temperature  
control dial to the desired position (hot  
or cold) and turn on the air conditioner  
when you want to dehumidify the cabin  
air.  
temperature control dial to the  
extreme hot position and the fan  
control dial to position 4.  
l
If warm air is desired at the floor, set  
the mode selector dial to the  
position.  
l
In the  
,
, or  
position, the  
air conditioner is automatically  
turned on (however, the indicator  
light does not illuminate) and the  
outside air mode is automatically  
selected to defrost the windshield.  
In the  
or  
position, the outside  
air mode cannot be changed to  
therecirculated air mode.  
qDehumidifying (With Air  
Conditioner)í  
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold  
weather to help defog the windshield and  
side windows.  
1. Set the mode selector dial to the  
desired position.  
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside  
air mode.  
3. Set the temperature control dial to the  
desired position.  
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired  
speed.  
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing  
the A/C switch.  
6-10  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page227  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (227,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
Fully Automatic Typeí  
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.  
Mode selector switch  
Temperature control dial  
Fan control dial  
Windshield defroster switch  
OFF Switch  
Auto Switch  
Ambient Temperature switch  
A/C Switch  
Air intake selector  
l
l
l
l
Selection of airflow mode  
Outside/Recirculated air selection  
Air conditioner operation  
qControl Switches  
AUTO switch  
A/C or A/C ECO selection  
By pressing the AUTO switch the  
following functions will be automatically  
controlled in accordance with the set  
temperature:  
l
Airflow temperature  
l
Amount of airflow  
íSome models.  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page228  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (228,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
Fan control dial  
NOTE  
AUTO switch indicator light  
l
When on, it indicates AUTO  
operation, and the system will  
function automatically.  
Slow  
Fast  
l
When off, it indicates the operation  
of other switches such as the mode  
selector switch, fan control dial, A/C  
switch and windshield defroster  
switch. Other functions will continue  
to operate automatically.  
The fan has seven speeds. The selected  
speed will be displayed.  
Mode selector switch  
OFF switch  
The desired airflow mode can be selected  
(page 6-4).  
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the  
climate control system.  
NOTE  
Temperature control dial  
l
With the airflow mode set to  
position and the temperature control  
dial set at a medium temperature,  
heated air is directed to the feet and a  
comparably lower air temperature  
will flow through the central, left and  
right vents.  
Cold  
Hot  
l
To set the air vent to  
, press the  
windshield defroster switch.  
This dial controls temperature.Turn it  
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise  
for cold.  
6-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page229  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (229,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
A/C switch  
Recirculated air position (with  
indicator light on)  
Use this position when going through  
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high  
engine exhaust areas) or when quick  
cooling is desired.  
Outside air position (with indicator  
light off)  
Use this position for normal conditions  
and defogging.  
With the AUTO or fan control dial ON,  
press the A/C switch to select the air  
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying  
functions) on or off.  
WARNING  
NOTE  
Do not use the  
position in cold  
or rainy weather:  
l
Selection of A/C and A/C ECO is  
Using the  
position in cold or  
done automatically. Although air  
conditioning and defogging ability is  
reduced, the A/C ECO function is  
designed to economize use of the air  
conditioning system.  
rainy weather is dangerous as it will  
cause the windows to fog up. Your  
vision will be hampered, which could  
lead to a serious accident.  
l
The air conditioner may not function  
when the outside temperature  
AMB (Ambient Temperature) switch  
approaches 0 °C (32 °F). (Indicator  
remains on even when system is off.)  
Air intake selector  
Press the AMB switch to display the  
ambient temperature.  
Outside or recirculated air positions can  
be selected. Press the switch to select  
outside/recirculated air positions.  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page230  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (230,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
qOperation of Automatic Air  
NOTE  
Conditioning  
l
The displayed ambient temperature  
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of  
the airflow mode, air intake selector  
and amount of airflow will be  
automatically controlled.  
may vary from the actual ambient  
temperature depending on the  
surrounding area and vehicle  
conditions.  
l
Press the AMB switch 2 seconds or  
more to switch the display from  
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice  
versa.  
l
Press the AMB switch again to  
switch the display from ambient  
temperature to the temperature set  
for the air conditioner.  
2. Use the temperature control dial to  
select a desired temperature.  
Windshield defroster switch  
Cold  
Hot  
To turn off the system, press the OFF  
switch.  
Press the switch to defrost the windshield  
and front door windows.  
NOTE  
l
Setting the temperature to maximum  
high or low will not provide the  
desired temperature at a faster rate.  
l
When selecting heat, the system will  
restrict airflow until it has warmed to  
prevent cold air from blowing out of  
the vents.  
6-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page231  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (231,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Climate Control System  
q
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging  
qSunlight/Temperature Sensor  
The fully automatic air conditioner  
function measures inside and outside  
temperatures, and sunlight. It then sets  
temperatures inside the passenger  
compartment accordingly. Don't obstruct  
the sensor.  
Sunlight sensor  
Press the windshield defroster switch.  
In this position, the position is  
automatically selected, and the air  
conditioner automatically turns on. The  
air conditioner will directly dehumidify  
the air to the front windshield and side  
windows (page 6-4). Airflow amount will  
be increased.  
WARNING  
Interior temperature sensor  
Set the temperature control to the hot  
or warm position when defogging (  
position):  
Using the  
position with the  
temperature control set to the cold  
position is dangerous as it will cause  
the outside of the windshield to fog up.  
Your vision will be hampered, which  
could lead to a serious accident.  
NOTE  
Use the temperature control dial to  
increase the air flow temperature and  
defog the windshield more quickly.  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page232  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (232,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Antenna  
Operating Tips for Audio  
System  
qDetachable Type  
To remove the antenna, turn it  
counterclockwise.  
To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.  
Make sure the antenna is securely  
installed.  
WARNING  
Do not adjust the audio control  
switches while driving the vehicle:  
Adjusting the audio while driving the  
vehicle is dangerous as it could  
distract your attention from the vehicle  
operation which could lead to a  
serious accident. Always adjust the  
audio while the vehicle is stopped.  
Even if the audio control switches are  
equipped on the steering wheel, learn  
to use the switches without looking  
down at them so that you can keep  
your maximum attention on the road  
while driving the vehicle.  
Install  
Remove  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
l
To prevent damage to the antenna,  
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust  
the audio volume to a level that allows  
you to hear sounds outside of the  
vehicle.  
remove it before entering a car wash  
facility or passing beneath a low  
overhead clearance.  
l
Be careful around the antenna when  
removing snow from the roof.  
Otherwise the antenna could be  
damaged.  
NOTE  
l
Do not use the audio for long periods  
of time while the engine is off.  
Otherwise the battery could go dead.  
NOTE  
l
If a cellular phone or CB radio is  
When leaving your vehicle unattended,  
we recommend that you remove the  
antenna and store it inside the vehicle.  
used in or near the vehicle, it could  
cause noise to occur from the audio  
system, however, this does not  
indicate that the system has been  
damaged.  
6-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page233  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (233,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar  
to beams of light because they do not  
bend around corners, but they do reflect.  
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot  
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM  
stations cannot be received at the great  
distances possible with AM reception.  
qRadio Reception  
AM characteristics  
AM signals bend around such things as  
buildings or mountains and bounce off the  
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach  
longer distances than FM signals. Because  
of this, two stations may sometimes be  
picked up on the same frequency at the  
same time.  
Ionosphere  
FM wave  
AM wave  
Ionosphere  
FM wave  
100—200 km (60—120 miles)  
Atmospheric conditions can also affect  
FM reception. High humidity will cause  
poor reception. However, cloudy days  
may provide better reception than clear  
days.  
Station 1  
Station 2  
FM characteristics  
An FM broadcast range is usually about  
4050 km (2530 miles) from the  
source. Because of extra coding needed to  
break the sound into two channels, stereo  
FM has even less range than monaural  
(non-stereo) FM.  
Multipath noise  
Since FM signals can be reflected by  
obstructions, it is possible to receive both  
the direct signal and the reflected signal at  
the same time. This causes a slight delay  
in reception and may be heard as a broken  
sound or a distortion. This problem may  
also be encountered when in close  
FM Station  
proximity to the transmitter.  
40—50km  
(25—30 miles)  
Reflected wave  
Direct  
6-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page234  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (234,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Flutter/Skip noise  
Strong signal noise  
Signals from an FM transmitter move in  
straight lines and become weak in valleys  
between tall buildings, mountains, and  
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes  
through such an area, the reception  
conditions may change suddenly, resulting  
in annoying noise.  
This occurs very close to a transmitter  
tower. The broadcast signals are  
extremely strong, so the result is noise and  
sound breakup at the radio receiver.  
Station drift noise  
When a vehicle reaches the area of two  
strong stations broadcasting at similar  
frequencies, the original station may be  
temporarily lost and the second station  
picked up. At this time there will be some  
noise from this disturbance.  
Weak signal noise  
In suburban areas, broadcast signals  
become weak because of distance from  
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe  
areas is characterized by sound breakup.  
Station 2  
Station 1  
88.1 MHz  
88.3 MHz  
6-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page235  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (235,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
l
The CD revolves at high speed within  
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly  
bent) CDs should never be used.  
qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-  
Dash CD Changer  
Condensation phenomenon  
Immediately after turning on the heater  
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or  
optical components (prism and lens) in the  
CD player/In-dash CD changer may  
become clouded with condensation. At  
this time, the CD will eject immediately  
when placed in the unit. A clouded CD  
can be corrected simply by wiping it with  
a soft cloth. Clouded optical components  
will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait  
for normal operation to return before  
attempting to use the unit.  
l
Do not use non-conventional discs  
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,  
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in  
a malfunction.  
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD  
changer  
The following precautions should be  
observed.  
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio  
system.  
l
If the memory portion of the CD is  
transparent or translucent, do not use  
the disc.  
l
Do not insert any objects, other than  
CDs, into the slot.  
Transparent  
6-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page236  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (236,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
l
A new CD may have rough edges on  
CD Player  
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc  
with rough edges is used, proper  
setting will not be possible and the CD  
player/In-dash CD changer will not  
play the CD. In addition, the disc may  
not eject resulting in a malfunction.  
Remove the rough edges in advance by  
using a ball-point pen or pencil as  
shown below. To remove the rough  
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil  
against the inner and outer perimeter of  
the CD.  
In-dash CD changer  
l
Be sure never to touch the signal  
surface when handling the CDs. Pick  
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or  
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.  
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,  
the sound may jump.  
l
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.  
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the  
side without a label). The disc may not  
eject resulting in a malfunction.  
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer has  
been designed to play CDs bearing the  
identification logo as shown. No other  
discs can be played.  
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can  
decrease the amount of light reflected  
from the signal surface, thus affecting  
sound quality. If the CD should  
become soiled, gently wipe it with a  
soft cloth from the center of the CD to  
the edge.  
l
Use discs that have been legitimately  
produced. If illegally-copied discs such  
as pirated discs are used, the system  
may not operate properly.  
6-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page237  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (237,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
l
l
Do not use record sprays, antistatic  
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off  
seal affixed to it.  
agents, or household spray cleaners.  
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and  
thinner can also damage the surface of  
the CD and must not be used. Anything  
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic  
should never be used to clean CDs.  
Handling the In-dash CD changer  
l
This unit may not be able to play  
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a  
computer or music CD recorder due to  
disc characteristics, scratches,  
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or  
condensation on the lens inside the  
unit.  
l
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are  
inserted at the same time, the system  
may not operate properly.  
l
CD TEXT textual information cannot  
l
Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to  
be displayed by audio units other than  
the In-dash CD changer (MP3 support  
type only). (Only playback is possible.)  
direct sunlight or high temperature may  
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make  
them unplayable.  
l
The following player can play MP3  
files recorded in CD-ROM, CD-R, and  
CD-RW.  
l
CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB  
cannot be played.  
l
This unit may not be able to play  
· In-dash CD changer (MP3 file  
support type only)  
certain discs made using a computer  
due to the application (writing  
software) setting used. (For details,  
consult the store where the application  
was purchased.)  
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer  
ejects the CD if the CD is inserted  
upside down. Also dirty and/or  
defective CDs may be ejected.  
l
It is possible that certain text data, such  
l
An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the  
CD player.  
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW  
may not be displayed when musical  
data (CD-DA) is playing.  
The In-dash CD changer is specially  
made for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.  
An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the  
In-dash CD changer (MP3 file support  
type only) if an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter  
is used.  
l
The period from when a CD-RW is  
inserted to when it begins playing is  
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.  
l
Completely read the instruction manual  
If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is not  
used, the In-dash CD changer (MP3  
file support type only) may be  
damaged. Always use a CD adapter.  
An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played in  
the In-dash CD changer (MP3 file non-  
support type only) even if an 8 cm (3  
in) CD adapter is used.  
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.  
l
Do not use discs with cellophane tape  
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or  
adhesive material exuding from the  
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use  
discs with a commercially-available  
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not  
eject resulting in a malfunction.  
l
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD  
player/In-dash CD changer.  
6-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page238  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (238,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
l
This unit can play MP3 files that have  
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to  
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure  
enjoyment of music with consistent  
sound quality, it is recommended to use  
discs that have been recorded at a bit  
rate of 128 kbps or more.  
qOperating tips for MP3  
NOTE  
Supply of this product only conveys a  
license for private, non-commercial use  
and does not convey a license nor imply  
any right to use this product in any  
commercial (i.e. revenue-generating)  
real time broadcasting (terrestrial,  
satellite, cable and/or any other media),  
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,  
intranets and/or other networks or in  
other electronic content distribution  
systems, such as pay-audio or audio-on-  
demand applications. An independent  
license for such use is required. For  
details, please visit http://  
l
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)  
and MP3 files, playback of the two file  
types differs depending on how the  
disc was recorded.  
l
l
Packet written discs cannot be played  
on this unit.  
This unit does not play CDs recorded  
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3  
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.  
www.mp3licensing.com.  
l
This unit can play MP3 files that have  
been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-  
ROMs. Discs that have been recorded  
using the following formats can be  
played:  
l
ISO 9660 level 1  
ISO 9660 level 2  
Joliet extended format  
Romeo extended format  
l
l
l
l
This unit handles MP3 files  
conforming to the MP3 format  
containing both header frames and data  
frames.  
l
This unit can play multi-session  
recorded discs that have up to 99  
sessions.  
l
This unit can play MP3s with sampling  
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48  
kHz.  
6-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page239  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (239,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
l
l
About folders and files  
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3  
format containing both header frames  
and data frames will be skipped and  
not played.  
l
The order of hierarchy for MP3 files  
and folders during playback or other  
functions is from shallow to deep. The  
arrangement and playing order of a  
recorded disc containing MP3 files is  
as follows:  
This unit will play MP3 files that have  
up to eight levels. However, the more  
levels a disc has, the longer it will take  
to initially start playing. It is  
recommended to record discs with two  
levels or less.  
l
File number  
A numerical file number is assigned  
to each file in a folder in the order of  
hierarchy from shallow to deep.  
l
l
l
A single disc with up to 999 files can  
be played and a single folder with up to  
255 files can be played.  
l
Folder number  
A numerical folder number is  
assigned to each folder in the order  
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.  
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to  
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after  
the file name.  
Folder  
No.  
The maximum number of characters  
that can be used for file names is as  
follows. However, this unit will only  
display up to 30 characters, including  
the file extension (.mp3).  
01  
02  
04  
3
Maximum number of  
characters in a file name  
(including a separator .”  
and the three letters of the  
file extension)  
03  
2
05  
ISO9660 level 1  
12*  
31*  
4
ISO9660 level 2  
06  
Joliet extended  
format  
64  
5
1
Romeo extended  
format  
128  
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and  
underbar _are available.  
Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4  
l
The folder order is automatically  
assigned and this order cannot be  
optionally set.  
l
Any folder without an MP3 file will be  
ignored. (It will be skipped and the  
folder number will not be displayed.)  
6-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page240  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (240,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Multi-session  
CAUTION  
A session is the complete amount of data  
recorded from the beginning to the end of  
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-  
RW data recording. Multi-session refers to  
the existence of data from two or more  
sessions on a single disc.  
This unit can only play MP3 files that  
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)  
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file  
extension to any other type file as it  
could cause noise to be emitted or a  
malfunction in the unit.  
Sampling  
Refers to the process of encoding analog  
audio data at regular intervals and  
converting it to digital data. The sampling  
rate refers to the number of times a  
sample is taken in one second and is  
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the  
sampling rate improves the sound quality  
but also increases the data size.  
About ID3 Tag display  
l
This unit can only display ID3 Tag  
album, track and artist names that have  
been input using Ver1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3  
formats. Any other data that may have  
been input cannot be displayed.  
l
This unit can only display English  
(including numerals) one-byte  
characters. Use only English (including  
numerals) one-byte characters when  
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters  
and some special symbols cannot be  
displayed.  
Bit rate  
Refers to the volume of data per second,  
expressed in bps (bits per second).  
Generally, the larger the number of the  
transfer bit rate when compressing an  
MP3 file, the more information regarding  
musical reproduction it carries, and  
therefore the better the sound quality.  
Specialized glossary  
MP3  
Packet writing  
Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3.  
A technical standard for audio  
compression as decided by an ISO  
(International Organization for  
Standardization) MPEG working group.  
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be  
compressed to approximately a tenth of  
the source data size.  
A general term for the method, similar to  
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,  
of recording the required file in a single  
increment on a CD-R and similar.  
ID3 Tag  
ID3 tag is a method for storing  
information related to the music in an  
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist  
and album name can be stored. This  
content can be freely edited using ID3  
editing function software.  
ISO 9660  
An international standard for logical  
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.  
It is divided into three separate levels  
based on differences in file naming  
procedures, data configuration and other  
characteristics.  
6-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page241  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (241,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
VBR  
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While  
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally  
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio  
compression according to compression  
conditions and this allows for  
compression with preference given to  
sound quality.  
6-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page242  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (242,1)  
MEMO  
6-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page243  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (243,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Audio Set  
Audio information is displayed on the information display.  
In-Dash CD Changer (Music CD Player)  
CD Player  
In-Dash CD Changer (Music CD/MP3 CD Player)  
6-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page244  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (244,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls  
Power/Volume dial  
Audio control dial  
Power ON/OFF  
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to  
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.  
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or  
ON position.  
Audio sound adjustment  
1. Press the audio control dial to select the  
function. The selected function will be  
indicated.  
Press the power/volume dial to turn the  
audio system on.  
Press the power/volume dial again to turn  
the audio system off.  
Standard audio-  
equipped model  
NOTE  
To prevent the battery from being  
discharged, do not leave the audio  
system on for a long period of time  
when the engine is not running.  
Volume adjustment  
Depending on the mode selected, the  
indication changes.  
To adjust the volume, turn the power/  
volume dial.  
6-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page245  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (245,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
BOSE Sound System-equipped model  
BOSE Sound  
System-  
Indication  
Turn Left Turn Right  
equipped model  
OFF  
ON  
Select mode  
Decrease  
bass  
Increase  
bass  
Decrease  
treble  
Increase  
treble  
Shift the  
sound to the sound to the  
Shift the  
Depending on the mode selected, the  
indication changes.  
front  
rear  
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the  
selected functions as follows:  
Shift the  
sound to the sound to the  
Shift the  
left  
right  
Standard audio-equipped model  
OFF  
ON  
Indication  
Turn Left Turn Right  
Select mode  
NOTE  
Decrease  
bass  
Increase  
bass  
About 5 seconds after selecting any  
mode, the volume function will be  
automatically selected. To reset bass,  
treble, fade, and balance, press the  
audio control dial for 2 seconds. The  
unit will beep and CLEARwill be  
displayed.  
Decrease  
treble  
Increase  
treble  
Shift the  
sound to the sound to the  
Shift the  
front  
rear  
Shift the  
sound to the sound to the  
Shift the  
left  
right  
Automatic Level Control (ALC)  
(Standard audio-equipped model)  
OFF  
ON  
The automatic level control is a feature  
that automatically adjusts audio volume  
and sound quality according to the vehicle  
speed.  
The volume increases in accordance with  
the increase in vehicle speed, and  
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.  
6-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page246  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (246,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
The following four modes are available.  
Select the desired mode.  
*Centerpoint (BOSE Sound System-  
equipped model)  
Mode  
Volume change  
Centerpoint offers you the experience of  
five-channel surround sound in your  
vehicle even with your conventional two-  
channel stereo CDs.  
Turn up the volume to enhance the  
surround sound effect, or down to lessen  
it.  
No change  
Minimum  
Medium  
Maximum  
Indication  
Volume change  
No change  
Turn the audio control dial to select the  
ALC OFF, ALC LEVEL13 mode. The  
selected mode will be indicated.  
No change  
Minimum  
Low  
Medium  
High  
Maximum  
Turn the audio control dial to select  
CENTERPT OFF, CENTERPT ON, or  
CENTERPT MINMAX mode. The  
selected mode will be indicated.  
*AudioPilot (BOSE Sound System-  
equipped model)  
AudioPilot automatically adjusts audio  
volume and sound quality in accordance  
with the level of noise entering the vehicle  
interior while driving. When AudioPilot is  
turned ON, the system automatically  
calculates the conditions for optimum  
hearing of sound which may be difficult  
to hear depending on exterior noise.  
* AudioPilot is a registered trademark of  
BOSE Corporation.  
* Centerpoint is a registered trademark of  
BOSE Corporation.  
6-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page247  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (247,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
BEEP setting  
The beep-sound when operating the audio  
system can be set on or off.  
6-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page248  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (248,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qOperating the Radio  
Scan button Band selector button  
Satellite button  
Seek tuning  
buttons  
Channel  
preset  
buttons  
Manual tuning dial/Auto memory button/Electric serial number  
Radio ON  
Tuning  
Press a band selector button (  
turn the radio on.  
) to  
The radio has the following tuning  
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset  
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The  
easiest way to tune stations is to set them  
on preset channels.  
Band selection  
Successively pressing the band selector  
button ( ) switches the bands as  
follows: FM1FM2AM.  
NOTE  
The selected mode will be indicated. If  
FM stereo is being received, STwill be  
displayed.  
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse  
blows or the battery is disconnected),  
the preset channels will be canceled.  
NOTE  
Manual tuning  
Turning the manual tuning dial will  
change the frequency higher or lower.  
If the FM broadcast signal becomes  
weak, reception automatically changes  
from STEREO to MONO for reduced  
noise, and the STindicator will go  
out.  
6-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page249  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (249,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Seek tuning  
Auto memory tuning  
Pressing the seek tuning button (  
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or  
lower frequency automatically.  
,
)
This is especially useful when driving in  
an area where the local stations are not  
known. Additional AM/FM stations can  
be stored without disturbing the  
previously set channels.  
NOTE  
If you continue to press and hold the  
button, the frequency will continue  
changing without stopping.  
Press and hold the auto memory button  
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep  
sound is heard; the system will  
automatically scan and temporarily store  
up to 6 stations with the strongest  
frequencies in each selected band in that  
area.  
Scan tuning  
Press the scan button (  
) to  
automatically sample strong stations.  
Scanning stops at each station for about 5  
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan  
After scanning is completed, the station  
with the strongest frequency will be tuned  
and its frequency displayed.  
button (  
) again during this interval.  
Press and release the auto memory button  
Preset channel tuning  
(
) to recall stations from the auto-  
The 6 preset channels can be used to store  
6 AM and 12 FM stations.  
stored stations. One stored station will be  
selected each time; its frequency and  
channel number will be displayed.  
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,  
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.  
NOTE  
2. Depress a channel preset button for  
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is  
heard. The preset channel number and  
station frequency will be displayed.  
The station is now held in the memory.  
If no stations can be tuned after  
scanning operations, Awill be  
displayed.  
3. Repeat this operation for the other  
stations and bands you want to store.  
To tune one in the memory, select AM,  
FM1, or FM2 and then press its  
channel preset button. The station  
frequency and the channel number will  
be displayed.  
NOTE  
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse  
blows or the battery is disconnected),  
the preset channels will be canceled.  
6-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page250  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (250,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
SATELLITE RADIO (SAT)  
Vehicles equipped with the separately  
purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio  
unit have the ability to receive up to 100  
channels of digital quality programming  
coast to coast via satellite. For information  
on use, read the Satellite Radio Kit  
manual accompanying the SIRIUS digital  
satellite radio unit. A subscription to  
SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is  
required (available in the U.S. - Except  
Alaska and Hawaii) to enable this feature  
once the separately purchased SIRIUS  
digital satellite radio unit has been  
installed. For subscription information or  
digital satellite radio technical issues  
contact SIRIUS directly at:  
- Web: www.siriusradio.com  
- Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week): 888-  
539-SIRI (7474)  
- E-mail: customercare@sirius-radio.com  
- Mailing Address: Sirius Satellite Radio  
1221 Avenue Of The Americas  
New York, NY 10020  
Attention: Customer Care  
Include your Sirius Radio ESN  
(Electronic Serial Number) when  
subscribing or requesting technical  
assistance. See the Satellite Radio Kit  
manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit  
for complete satellite radio activation  
procedures and information on how to  
display the ESN#.  
6-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page251  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (251,1)  
MEMO  
6-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page252  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (252,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Playerí  
CD play button  
Load button  
Repeat button  
CD eject button  
Track up button  
CD slot  
Track down button  
Scan button  
Random button  
Reverse button  
Fast-forward button  
Inserting the CD  
Ejecting the CD  
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.  
The auto-loading mechanism will set the  
CD and begin play. There will be a short  
lapse before play begins while the player  
reads the digital signals on the CD.  
Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject the  
CD.  
Fast-forward/Reverse  
Press and hold the fast-forward button  
(
) to advance through a track at high  
Playing  
speed.  
Press the CD play button ( ) to start  
play when a CD is in the unit.  
Press and hold the reverse button (  
to reverse through a track at high speed.  
)
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD  
play button ( ) is pressed, NO DISC”  
will flash on and off.  
Track search  
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip  
forward to the beginning of the next track.  
Press the track down button ( ) once to  
skip back to the beginning of the current  
track.  
NOTE  
When the load button (  
) is pressed,  
the CD will load and play even if the  
CD eject button ( ) had been  
previously pressed.  
6-36  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page253  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (253,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Music scan  
This feature helps to find a program by  
playing about the first 10 seconds of each  
track.  
Press the scan button (  
) during play  
to start scan play operation (the track  
number will flash).  
Press the scan button (  
to cancel scan play.  
) once again  
NOTE  
If the unit is left in scan, normal play  
will resume where scan was selected.  
Repeat play  
This feature makes it possible to listen to  
a selection repeatedly.  
Press the repeat button (  
) during play.  
The current selection will be repeated  
(RPTwill be displayed).  
Press the repeat button (  
to cancel repeat play.  
) once again  
Random play  
This feature allows the CD player to  
randomly select the order of the songs.  
Press the random button (  
) during  
play. The next selection will be randomly  
selected (RDMwill be displayed).  
Press the random button (  
) once  
again to cancel random play.  
6-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page254  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (254,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changerí  
(Music CD player)  
(Music CD/MP3 CD player)  
CD eject button  
CD play button  
Repeat button  
CD slot  
Load button  
Disc up button  
Track up  
button  
Channel  
preset  
buttons  
Track down  
button  
Reverse button  
Random button  
Scan button  
Disc down button  
Fast-forward button  
There are two types of In-dash CD  
changers. Check which In-dash CD  
changer type you own.  
Inserting the CD  
The CD must be label-side up when  
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism  
will set the CD and begin play. There will  
be a short lapse before play begins while  
the player reads the digital signals on the  
CD.  
Type  
Playable data  
· Music data (CD-DA)  
· Music data (CD-DA)  
Music CD player  
Music CD/MP3 CD  
player  
· MP3 file  
The disc number and the track number  
will be displayed.  
NOTE  
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)  
and MP3 files, playback of the two file  
types differs depending on how the disc  
was recorded.  
6-38  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page255  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (255,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
NOTE  
NOTE  
The CD will begin playback  
automatically after insertion.  
The first-inserted CD will be played  
automatically when:  
A CD cannot be inserted while the  
display reads WAIT. A beeping  
sound can be heard during this waiting  
time. Simultaneously pressing the  
power/volume dial and the load button  
l
No other CD is inserted within 15  
seconds after INis displayed.  
l
The CD trays are full.  
(
) for about 2 seconds will turn  
Displaying the CD-inserted tray  
number  
this beeping sound ON or OFF.  
When you want to know the number for a  
CD-inserted tray, press the display button  
Normal insertion  
(
). The tray number will be displayed  
1. Press the load button (  
).  
for 5 seconds.  
2. When INis displayed, insert the CD.  
Ejecting the CD  
Normal ejection  
Inserting CDs into desired tray number  
1. Press and hold the load button (  
)
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The  
disc number and DISC OUTwill be  
displayed.  
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound  
is heard.  
2. Press the channel preset button for the  
desired tray number while WAITis  
displayed.  
2. Pull out the CD.  
NOTE  
3. When INis displayed, insert the CD.  
l
When the CD is ejected during play,  
the next CD will be played  
automatically.  
NOTE  
The CD cannot be inserted to the  
desired tray number if the number is  
already occupied.  
l
(Music CD player)  
If the CD is not removed from the  
slot within approximately 10 seconds  
after ejection, it will be re- inserted  
automatically.  
Multiple insertion  
1. Press and hold the load button (  
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound  
is heard.  
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number  
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (  
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound  
is heard.  
)
2. When INis displayed, insert the CD.  
3. When INis displayed again, insert  
The DISC OUTdisplay flashes.  
the next CD.  
6-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page256  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:6 PM  
Black plate (256,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
2. Press the channel preset button for the  
desired CD number for less than 5  
seconds after the beep sound is heard.  
NOTE  
l
CDs will be ejected starting with the  
one with the lowest number.  
3. Pull out the CD.  
l
l
All CDs in the tray will be ejected  
continuously.  
NOTE  
CDs can be ejected when the ignition  
switch is off. Press and hold the CD  
eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds  
and all CDs will eject.  
(Music CD player)  
If the CD is not removed from the slot  
within approximately 10 seconds after  
ejection, it will be re- inserted  
automatically.  
l
(Music CD player)  
If the CD is not removed from the  
slot within approximately 10 seconds  
after ejection, it will be re- inserted  
automatically.  
Multiple ejection  
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (  
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound  
is heard.  
)
Playing  
The DISC OUTdisplay flashes.  
Press the CD play button ( ) to start  
play when a CD is in the unit.  
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD  
play button ( ) is pressed, NO DISC”  
will flash on and off.  
2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again  
for less than 5 seconds after the beep  
sound is heard.  
NOTE  
Fast-forward/Reverse  
If the button is not pressed and about 5  
seconds have elapsed while  
DISC OUTis flashing, CDs are  
automatically ejected.  
Press and hold the fast-forward button  
(
) to advance through a track at high  
speed.  
Press and hold the reverse button (  
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.  
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will  
be ejected.  
Track search  
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip  
forward to the beginning of the next track.  
Press the track down button ( ) once to  
skip back to the beginning of the current  
track.  
Disc search  
During music CD playback  
To change the disc, press the DISC button  
(
or  
) during playback.  
6-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page257  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (257,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
During MP3 CD playback  
During MP3 CD playback  
To change the disc, press the DISC button  
(Track repeat)  
(
or  
) for 1.5 seconds or  
1. Press the repeat button (  
) during  
more during playback.  
playback to play the current track  
repeatedly. RPTis displayed.  
Folder search (during MP3 CD  
playback)  
2. To cancel the repeat play, press the  
button again after 3 seconds.  
To change to the previous folder, press the  
folder down button (  
1.5 seconds, or press the folder up button  
) for less than 1.5 seconds to  
) for less than  
(Folder repeat)  
(
1. Press the repeat button (  
) during  
advance to the next folder.  
playback, and then press the button  
again within 3 seconds to play the  
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.  
RPTis displayed.  
Music scan  
This feature helps to find a program by  
playing about the first 10 seconds of each  
track.  
2. Press the button again to cancel the  
repeat play.  
Press the scan button (  
) during play  
Random play  
to start scan play operation (the track  
number will flash).  
Tracks are randomly selected and played.  
Press the scan button (  
to cancel scan play.  
) once again  
During music CD playback  
1. Press the random button (  
) during  
playback to play the tracks in the CD  
randomly. RDMis displayed.  
NOTE  
If the unit is left in scan, normal play  
will resume where scan was selected.  
2. Press the button again to cancel the  
random play.  
During MP3 CD playback  
(Folder random)  
Repeat play  
During music CD playback  
1. Press the random button (  
) during  
1. Press the repeat button (  
) during  
playback to play the tracks in the folder  
randomly. RDMis displayed.  
playback to play the current track  
repeatedly. RPTis displayed.  
2. To cancel the random play, press the  
button again after 3 seconds.  
2. Press the button again to cancel the  
repeat play.  
6-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page258  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (258,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
(CD random)  
MP3 CD  
1. Press the random button (  
) during  
Disc number/File  
number/Elapsed  
time display  
playback, and then press the button  
again within 3 seconds to play the  
tracks in the CD randomly. RDMis  
displayed.  
Disc tray number  
2. Press the button again to cancel the  
random play.  
Folder number/Track  
number  
Switching the display (Music CD/MP3  
CD player)  
File name  
Each time the display button (  
) is  
pressed during playback, the display will  
switch in the following order.  
Music CD  
Folder name  
Album name (ID3 Tag)  
Song name (ID3 Tag)  
Artist name (ID3 Tag)  
Track number/Elapsed  
time display  
Disc tray number  
File name display  
NOTE  
Album name display  
(MP3 CD)  
Artist name display  
l
NO TITLEwill be displayed when  
the display is switched for a file  
without a file, track or other name  
input.  
l
This unit can only read English  
(including numerals) one-byte  
characters. If any other character is  
included, NO TITLEwill be  
displayed. Depending on the CD  
writing software used, proper display  
may not be possible.  
6-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page259  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (259,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Display scroll (Music CD/MP3 CD  
player)  
Only 12 characters can be displayed at  
one time. To display the rest of the  
characters of a long title, turn the display  
feed dial (  
) to the right. Hidden  
titles can be scrolled into the display one  
character at a time.  
NOTE  
The displayable number of characters is  
limited. If the number of characters,  
including the file extension (.mp3),  
exceeds 32 characters, it may not be  
fully displayed.  
Message display  
If CHECK CDis displayed, it means  
that there is some CD malfunction. Check  
for damage, dirt, or smudges on the CD,  
and then properly reinsert. If the message  
appears again, take the unit to an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.  
6-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page260  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (260,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qError Indications  
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear  
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Indication  
Cause  
Solution  
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication  
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer  
CD is inserted upside down  
CHECK CD  
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication  
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer  
CD is defective  
6-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page261  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (261,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
With navigation system  
Use the VOICE switch for navigation  
system sound operation.  
For details, refer to  
Audio Control Switch  
Operation (Steering Wheel)í  
When the audio unit is turned on,  
operation of the audio unit from the  
steering wheel is possible.  
NAVIGATION SYSTEM.  
NOTE  
VOICE switch  
Because the audio unit will be turned  
off under the following conditions, the  
switches will be inoperable.  
l
When the ignition switch is turned to  
the LOCK position.  
l
When the power button on the audio  
unit is pressed and the audio unit is  
turned off.  
NOTE  
l
When CD being played is ejected.  
l
The VOICE switch is operable with  
the audio unit turned off.  
(For the In-dash CD changer, when  
all CDs are ejected.)  
l
Mazda has installed this system to  
prevent distraction while driving the  
vehicle and using audio controls on  
the dashboard.  
Without navigation system  
Always make safe driving your first  
priority.  
íSome models.  
6-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page262  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (262,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qAdjusting the Volume  
NOTE  
To increase the volume, pull up the  
volume switch.  
CD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital  
satellite radio modes cannot be selected  
in the following cases:  
To decrease the volume, press down the  
volume switch.  
l
CD, CD changer, or SIRIUS digital  
satellite radio unit is not equipped on  
the audio system.  
l
CD has not been inserted.  
qSeek Switch  
qChanging the Source  
Press the mode switch (  
) to change  
the audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>  
AM radio> CD player or CD changer>  
SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3>  
cyclical).  
When listening to the radio  
Pull up or press down the seek switch, the  
radio switches to the next/previous stored  
station in the order that it was stored  
(16).  
Pull up or press down the seek switch for  
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is  
heard to seek all usable stations at a  
higher or lower frequency whether  
programmed or not.  
When playing a CD  
Pull up the seek switch to skip to the next  
track.  
Press down the seek switch to repeat the  
current track.  
6-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page263  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (263,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
qMute Switch  
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute  
audio, press it again to resume audio  
output.  
NOTE  
If the ignition switch is turned to the  
LOCK position with the audio muted,  
the mute will be canceled.  
Therefore, when the engine is restarted,  
the audio is not muted. To mute the  
audio again, press the mute switch ( ).  
6-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page264  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (264,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Audio System  
Safety Certification  
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC  
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of  
Health and Human Services.  
CAUTION  
l
This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service  
personnel.  
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those  
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD player  
with the top case of the unit removed.  
l
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for  
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.  
NOTE  
For CD player section:  
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)  
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause  
undesired operation.  
NOTE  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital  
device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide  
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This  
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed  
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio  
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a  
particular installation.  
6-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page265  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (265,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
qVanity Mirrors  
Sunvisors  
To use the vanity mirror, lower the  
sunvisor.  
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for  
use in front or swing it to the side.  
Sunvisor  
qSide Extention Sunvisors  
The visor extender extends the sunvisor's  
range of sun shading.  
To use, pull it out.  
CAUTION  
When moving the sunvisor, reinsert the  
visor extender, otherwise the visor  
extender could hit the rearview mirror.  
6-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page266  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (266,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
qOverhead Lights  
Interior Lights  
Front  
qIlluminated Entry System  
When the illuminated entry system  
operates, the overhead light (switch is in  
the DOOR position) turn on for:  
l
About 30 seconds after the driver's  
door is unlocked and the ignition key is  
removed.  
l
About 15 seconds after all doors are  
closed (If your vehicle is equipped with  
the advanced key, the overhead light  
turns on for about 5 seconds when the  
advanced key is outside of the vehicle).  
Switch  
Position  
Front Overhead Lights  
Light off  
l
About 15 seconds after the key is  
removed from the ignition with all  
doors closed.  
l
Light on when any door is open  
l
Light on or off when the  
illuminated entry system is on  
The light also turns off when:  
Rear  
l
The ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position and all doors are closed.  
l
The driver's door is locked.  
NOTE  
Battery saver  
If any door is left opened, the light goes  
out after about 30 minutes to save the  
battery.  
The light turns on again when the  
ignition switch is turned to the ON  
position, or when any door is opened  
after all doors have been closed.  
Switch  
Position  
Rear Overhead Lights  
Light off  
l
Light on when any door is open  
l
Light on or off when the  
illuminated entry system is on  
Light on  
6-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page267  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (267,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
qMap Lights  
The map lights are switched on or off by  
pressing the switches.  
Switches  
qLuggage Compartment Light  
Switch  
Luggage Compartment Light  
Position  
Light off  
Light on when the liftgate is open  
6-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page268  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (268,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
Information Display  
Climate control display/ Ambient  
temperature display  
Audio display  
Clock  
Without  
navigation system  
qInformation Display Functions  
The information display has the following functions:  
l
Clock  
l
Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display, Fully Automatic Type)  
Climate Control Display (Fully Automatic Type)  
Audio Display  
l
l
6-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page269  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (269,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
Time resetting  
qClock  
While the clock is displayed, press the  
SET switch 1.5 seconds or more. When  
the switch is released, a beep will sound  
and the clock will be reset as follows:  
(Example)  
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or  
ON position, the time is displayed.  
12:0112:2912:00  
12:3012:591:00  
NOTE  
When the SET switch is released, the  
seconds are reset to 00.  
qAmbient Temperature Display  
(Fully Automatic Type)  
NOTE  
When the ignition switch is in the ON  
position, press the AMB switch to display  
the ambient temperature.  
The clock on navigation system-  
equipped vehicles adjusts automatically.  
Time setting  
1. Press the CLOCK switch until a beep  
sounds, and 12Hrand 24Hrwill be  
displayed.  
2. Press the SET switch to switch between  
12Hrand 24Hrdisplays. The  
selected display will flash.  
To select the desired clock setting,  
press the CLOCK switch again while  
the preferred setting is flashing.  
3. Hr. ADJUSTwill be displayed next,  
and the hour portion of the display will  
flash. Press the SET switch to set the  
hour, then press the CLOCK switch.  
4. Min. ADJUSTwill be displayed  
next, and the minutes portion of the  
display will flash. Press the SET switch  
to set the minutes, then press the  
CLOCK switch.  
6-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page270  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (270,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
NOTE  
Cup Holder  
l
The displayed ambient temperature  
may vary from the actual ambient  
temperature depending on the  
surrounding area and vehicle  
conditions.  
WARNING  
Never use a cup holder to hold hot  
liquids while the vehicle is moving:  
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids  
while the vehicle is moving is  
dangerous. If the contents spill, you  
could be scalded.  
l
Press the AMB switch 2 seconds or  
more to switch the display from  
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice  
versa.  
l
(With fully automatic climate  
control system)  
Press the AMB switch again to  
switch the display from ambient  
temperature to the temperature set  
for the air conditioner.  
Do not put anything other than cups  
or drink cans in cup holders:  
Putting objects other than cups or  
drink cans in a cup holder is  
dangerous.  
During sudden braking or  
maneuvering, occupants could be hit  
and injured, or objects could be  
thrown around the vehicle, causing  
interference with the driver and the  
possibility of an accident. Only use a  
cup holder for cups or drink cans.  
qClimate Control Display  
The climate control system status is  
displayed. To operate the climate control  
system, refer to Climate Control System”  
(page 6-2).  
qFront  
qAudio Display  
The front cup holder is in the center  
console.  
The audio system status is displayed. To  
operate the audio system, refer to  
Audio System(page 6-16).  
6-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page271  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (271,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
qRear  
Bottle Holder  
The rear cup holder is on the rear center  
armrest.  
Bottle holders are on the inside of the  
front doors.  
Bottle holder  
CAUTION  
Do not use the bottle holders for  
containers without caps. The contents  
may spill when the door is opened or  
closed.  
6-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page272  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (272,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
qCenter Console  
Storage Compartments  
To open, push the button.  
WARNING  
Keep storage boxes closed when  
driving:  
Driving with the storage boxes open is  
dangerous. To reduce the possibility of  
injury in an accident or a sudden stop,  
keep the storage boxes closed when  
driving.  
CAUTION  
The center console has a lockable lid,  
insert the key into the slot; then turn the  
key clockwise to lock, counterclockwise  
to unlock.  
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in  
the storage boxes while parked under  
the sun. A lighter could explode or the  
plastic material in eyeglasses could  
deform and crack from high  
temperature.  
Lock  
qGlove Box  
To open the glove box, pull the latch  
toward you.  
Unlock  
qCargo Securing Loops  
WARNING  
Make sure luggage and cargo is  
secured before driving:  
Not securing cargo while driving is  
dangerous as it could move or be  
crushed during sudden braking or a  
collision and cause injury.  
6-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page273  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (273,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
Use the loops in the luggage compartment  
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The  
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20  
kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force  
to the loops as it will damage them.  
Accessory Sockets  
The ignition switch must be in the ACC  
or ON position.  
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or  
the equivalent requiring no greater than  
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).  
The accessory socket is in the center  
console.  
Type A  
Type B  
6-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page274  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (274,1)  
Interior Comfort  
Interior Equipment  
CAUTION  
To prevent accessory socket damage or  
electrical failure, pay attention to the  
following:  
l
Don't use accessories that require  
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).  
l
Don't use accessories that are not  
genuine Mazda accessories or the  
equivalent.  
l
Close the cover when the accessory  
socket is not in use.  
l
Correctly insert the plug into the  
accessory socket.  
NOTE  
To prevent discharging the battery, don't  
use the socket for long periods with the  
engine off or idling.  
6-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page275  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (275,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
7
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page276  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (276,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Parking in an Emergency  
Parking in an Emergency  
The hazard warning lights should always  
be used when you stop on or near a  
roadway.  
The hazard warning lights warn other  
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard  
and that they must take extreme caution  
when near it.  
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all  
four turn signals will flash.  
NOTE  
l
The turn signals don't work when the  
hazard warning lights are on.  
l
Check local regulations about the use  
of hazard warning lights while the  
vehicle is being towed. They may  
forbid it.  
7-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page277  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (277,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
Spare Tire and Tool Storage  
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.  
Spare tire  
Lug wrench  
Jack  
Wing bolt  
Tiedown eyelet  
Jack lever  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page278  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (278,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
To secure the jack  
qJack  
1. Turn the wing bolt clockwise and  
temporarily tighten it.  
To remove the jack  
1. Remove the trunk board.  
2. Turn the jack screw clockwise and  
extend the jack to secure it to the  
vehicle.  
Trunk board  
3. Turn the wing bolt and tighten it  
completely.  
qSpare Tire  
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.  
The temporary spare tire is lighter and  
smaller than a conventional tire, and is  
designed only for emergency use and  
should be used only for VERY short  
periods. Temporary spares should  
NEVER be used for long drives or  
extended periods.  
2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw  
counterclockwise.  
Wing bolt  
Jack screw  
WARNING  
Driving with a Temporary Spare Tire  
on Ice or Snow:  
Driving with a spare tire on the front  
(driving) wheels on ice or snow is  
dangerous. Handling will be affected.  
You could lose control of the vehicle  
and have an accident. Put the spare  
tire on the rear axle and move a  
regular tire to the front.  
NOTE  
The jack can be removed from the rear  
door if the rear seat back is folded  
forward.  
Refer to Rear Seat on page 2-10.  
7-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page279  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (279,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
To remove the spare tire  
CAUTION  
1. Remove the trunk board and spare tire  
cover.  
l
When using the temporary spare tire,  
driving stability may decrease  
compared to when using only the  
conventional tire.  
Trunk board  
Drive carefully.  
l
To avoid damage to the temporary  
spare or to the vehicle, observe the  
following precautions:  
l
Don't exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).  
Avoid driving over obstacles.  
l
Also, don't drive through an  
automatic car wash. This tire's  
diameter is smaller than a  
conventional tire's, so the ground  
clearance is reduced about 25 mm  
(1 in).  
Spare tire cover  
2. Turn the tire hold-down bolt  
counterclockwise with the lug wrench.  
l
Don't use a tire chain on this tire  
because it won't fit properly.  
Don't use your temporary spare  
l
on any other vehicle; it has been  
designed only for your Mazda.  
Use only one temporary spare tire  
l
on your vehicle at the same time.  
(With limited slip differential)  
When using the temporary spare tire on  
the front axle, replace it with a standard  
tire as soon as possible. The size  
difference between the spare and the  
standard tire will cause the limited slip  
differential to malfunction.  
NOTE  
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to  
the temporary spare tire. The warning  
light will flash continuously while the  
temporary spare tire is being used (page  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page280  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (280,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
Changing a Flat Tire  
CAUTION  
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
NOTE  
If the following occurs while driving, it  
could indicate a flat tire.  
The wheels equipped on your Mazda  
are specially designed for installation of  
the tire pressure sensors. Do not use  
non-genuine wheels, otherwise it may  
not be possible to install the tire  
pressure sensors.  
l
Steering becomes difficult.  
l
The vehicle begins to vibrate  
excessively.  
l
The vehicle pulls in one direction.  
NOTE  
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a  
level spot that is well off the road and out  
of the way of traffic to change the tire.  
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a  
busy road is dangerous.  
l
Make sure the jack is well lubricated  
before using it.  
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
l
Be sure to register the tire pressure  
sensor ID signal code whenever tires  
or wheels are changed (page 5-29).  
WARNING  
Jacking a Vehicle:  
Changing a tire is dangerous if not  
done properly. The vehicle can slip off  
the jack and seriously injure someone.  
Be sure to follow the directions for  
changing a tire, and never get under a  
vehicle that is supported only by a  
jack.  
1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-  
way and firmly set the parking brake.  
2. Shift into Park (P) and turn off the  
engine.  
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.  
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle  
and away from the vehicle and traffic.  
Passenger in Vehicle Supported by a  
Jack:  
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire  
(page 7-3).  
Allowing someone to remain in a  
vehicle supported by a jack is  
dangerous. The occupant could cause  
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious  
injury. Never allow anyone inside a  
vehicle supported by a jack.  
7-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page281  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (281,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite  
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,  
place a tire block both in front and  
behind the tire.  
2. Place the jack under the jacking  
position closest to the tire being  
changed.  
Jacking position  
WARNING  
NOTE  
Incorrect Jacking Position:  
Attempting to jack the vehicle in  
positions other than those  
When blocking a tire, use rocks or  
wood blocks of sufficient size to hold  
the tire in place.  
recommended in this manual is  
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off  
the jack and seriously injure or even  
kill someone. Use only the front and  
rear jacking positions recommended  
in this manual.  
qRemoving a Flat Tire  
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them  
counterclockwise one turn each, but  
don't remove any lug nuts until the tire  
has been raised off the ground.  
Improper Jack:  
Using a jack that isn't designed for  
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle  
could slip off the jack and seriously  
injure someone. Use only the jack  
provided with your Mazda.  
Placing Objects Under the Jack:  
Jacking the vehicle with an object  
under the jack is dangerous. The jack  
could slip and someone could be  
seriously injured by the jack or the  
falling vehicle. Never place objects  
under the jack.  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page282  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (282,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
qLocking Lug Nutsí  
3. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug  
wrench to tire jack.  
If your vehicle has optional antitheft  
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will  
lock the tires and you must use a special  
key to unlock them. This key is attached  
to the lug wrench and is stored with the  
spare tire. Register them with the lock  
manufacturer by filling out the card  
provided in the glove box and mailing it  
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose  
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's  
order form, which is with the registration  
card.  
4. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and  
raise the vehicle high enough so that  
the spare tire can be installed. Before  
removing the lug nuts, make sure your  
Mazda is firmly in position and that it  
cannot slip or move.  
Antitheft lug nut  
Special key  
To remove an antitheft lug nut  
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.  
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be  
sure to hold the key square to it. If you  
hold the key at an angle, you may  
damage both key and nut. Don't use a  
power impact wrench.  
5. Remove the lug nuts by turning them  
counterclockwise; then remove the  
wheel and center cap.  
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key  
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench  
counterclockwise.  
7-8  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page283  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (283,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
To install the nut  
2. Mount the spare tire.  
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be  
sure to hold the key square to it. If you  
hold the key at an angle, you may  
damage both key and nut. Don't use a  
power impact wrench.  
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled  
edge inward; tighten them by hand.  
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,  
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.  
qMounting the Spare Tire  
1. Remove dirt and grime from the  
mounting surfaces of the wheel and  
hub, including the hub bolts, with a  
cloth.  
WARNING  
Don't Apply Oil or Grease to Lug  
Nuts, Bolts:  
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and  
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could  
loosen while driving and cause the tire  
to come off, resulting in an accident.  
In addition, lug nuts and bolts could  
be damaged if tightened more than  
necessary. Do not apply oil or grease  
to lug nuts and bolts and do not  
tighten the lug nuts beyond the  
recommended tightening torque.  
WARNING  
Removing Dirt and Grime from  
Wheels, Hubs and Hub Bolts:  
When changing or replacing a tire,  
not removing dirt and grime from the  
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub  
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug  
nuts could loosen while driving and  
cause the tire to come off, resulting in  
an accident. Make sure the mounting  
surfaces of the wheel, hub and lug  
nuts are clean before changing or  
replacing tires.  
7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page284  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (284,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise  
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug  
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order  
shown.  
WARNING  
Loose Lug Nuts:  
Improperly or loosely tightened lug  
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could  
wobble or come off. This could result  
in loss of vehicle control and cause a  
serious accident. Always securely and  
correctly tighten the lug nuts.  
Metric Studs and Lug Nuts:  
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts  
on your Mazda have metric threads,  
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.  
On a metric stud, it would not secure  
the wheel and would damage the stud,  
which could cause the wheel to slip off  
and cause an accident. Be sure to  
reinstall the same nuts you removed or  
replace them with metric nuts of the  
same configuration.  
If you're unsure of how tight the nuts  
should be, have them inspected at an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Nut tightening torque  
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)  
88127 (912, 6593)  
5. Remove the center cap.  
6. Store the damaged tire, using the wing  
bolt to hold it in place.  
Wing bolt  
Tire clamp  
7-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page285  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (285,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Flat Tire  
NOTE  
Always use the wing bolt to secure the  
damaged tire. Store the tire hold-down  
bolt used to tighten down the spare tire  
in the same place as where the wing  
bolt had been stored.  
7. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to  
the specification charts on page 10-6.  
8. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced  
as soon as possible.  
WARNING  
Incorrect Tire Air Pressure:  
Driving on tires with incorrect air  
pressure is dangerous. Tires with  
incorrect pressure could affect  
handling and result in an accident.  
Don't drive with any tires that have  
incorrect air pressure. When you  
check the regular tires' air pressure,  
check the spare tire, too.  
NOTE  
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to  
the temporary spare tire. The warning  
light will flash continuously while the  
temporary spare tire is being used (page  
NOTE  
To prevent the jack and tool from  
rattling, store them properly.  
7-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page286  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (286,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Overheating  
NOTE  
Overheating  
Once the engine coolant exceeds a  
preset temperature, an electrical cooling  
fan turns on. It will continue running  
for about 10 minutes after the ignition  
switch is turned to off.  
If the temperature gauge indicates  
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or  
you hear a loud knocking or pinging  
noise, the engine is probably too hot.  
WARNING  
If the temperature gauge indicates  
overheating:  
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and  
park off the right-of-way.  
Electrical Fan and Engine  
Inspection:  
2. Shift into park (P).  
Working near the electrical cooling  
fan when it is running is dangerous.  
You could be hit by the fan and  
seriously injured. Turn off the ignition  
switch and make sure the fan is not  
running before attempting to work  
near the electrical cooling fan.  
3. Apply the parking brake.  
4. Turn off the air conditioner.  
5. Check whether coolant or steam is  
escaping from under the hood or from  
the engine compartment.  
If steam is coming from the engine  
compartment:  
Don't go near the front of the vehicle.  
Stop the engine.  
Wait until the steam dissipates, then  
open the hood and start the engine.  
Cooling System Caps:  
When the engine and radiator are hot,  
scalding coolant and steam may shoot  
out under pressure and cause serious  
injury. Don't remove either cooling  
system cap when the engine and  
radiator are hot.  
If neither coolant nor steam is  
escaping:  
Open the hood and idle the engine until  
it cools.  
Steam from Overheated Engine:  
Steam from an overheated engine is  
dangerous. The escaping steam could  
seriously burn you. Open the hood  
ONLY after steam is no longer  
escaping from the engine.  
CAUTION  
If the cooling fan does not operate  
while the engine is running, the engine  
temperature will increase. Stop the  
engine and call an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
7-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page287  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (287,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Overheating  
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,  
then turn off the engine after the  
temperature has decreased.  
7. When cool, check the coolant level.  
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from  
the radiator and hoses.  
If you find a leak or other damage, or if  
coolant is still leaking:  
Stop the engine and call an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
If you find no problems, the engine is  
cool, and no leaks are obvious:  
Carefully add coolant as required (page  
CAUTION  
If the engine continues to overheat or  
frequently overheats, have the cooling  
system inspected. The engine could be  
seriously damaged unless repairs are  
made. Consult an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
7-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page288  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (288,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Starting  
Starting a Flooded Engine  
If the engine fails to start, it may be  
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).  
Follow this procedure:  
1. Depress the accelerator all the way and  
hold it there.  
2. Turn the ignition switch to the START  
position and hold it therefor up to 10  
seconds. If the engine starts, release the  
key and accelerator immediately  
because the engine will suddenly rev  
up.  
3. If the engine fails to start, crank it  
without depressing the acceleratorfor  
up to 10 seconds.  
7-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page289  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (289,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Starting  
Jump-Starting  
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you  
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service  
technician do the work.  
WARNING  
Follow These Precautions Carefully:  
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions  
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.  
Eye Protection:  
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC  
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas  
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to  
explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.  
Spilled Battery Fluid:  
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.  
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets  
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for  
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye  
protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.  
Children and Batteries:  
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause  
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the  
reach of children.  
7-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page290  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (290,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Starting  
WARNING  
Keep Flames Away:  
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced  
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An  
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including  
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do  
not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the  
battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that  
could cause sparks.  
Battery-Related Explosion:  
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced  
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An  
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including  
cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.  
Low Fluid Level or Frozen Battery:  
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may  
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.  
Don't jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level.  
Connecting Jumper Cable Directly to Negative Terminal:  
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the  
discharged battery is dangerous.  
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.  
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery.  
Connecting Jumper Cable to Moving Parts:  
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.  
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury. Route the  
jumper cables away from parts that will be moving.  
CAUTION  
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and  
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in  
series or a 24 V motor generator set).  
7-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page291  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (291,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Starting  
Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order  
Discharged battery  
Jumper  
cables  
Booster battery  
1. Remove the battery cover.  
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact  
sequence as in the illustration.  
l
Connect one end of a cable to the  
positive terminal on the discharged  
battery (1).  
l
Attach the other end to the positive  
terminal on the booster battery (2).  
l
Connect one end of the other cable  
to the negative terminal of the  
booster battery (3).  
l
Connect the other end to a solid,  
stationary, exposed metallic point  
(for example, the engine mounting  
bolt facing the front of the vehicle,  
as shown in the figure) away from  
the discharged battery (4).  
2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V  
and that its negative terminal is  
grounded.  
3. If the booster battery is in another  
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to  
touch. Turn off the engine of the  
vehicle with the booster battery and all  
unnecessary electrical loads in both  
vehicles.  
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle  
and run it a few minutes. Then start the  
engine of the other vehicle.  
6. When finished, carefully disconnect the  
cables in the reverse order described in  
the illustration.  
7-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page292  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (292,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Starting  
7. If the battery cover has been removed,  
install it in the reverse order of  
removal.  
Push-Starting  
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic  
transaxle by pushing it.  
NOTE  
Verify that the covers are securely  
installed.  
7-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page293  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (293,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Towing  
Towing Description  
CAUTION  
We recommend that towing be done only  
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a  
commercial tow-truck service.  
Don't tow the vehicle pointed backward  
with driving wheels on the ground. This  
may cause internal damage to the  
transaxle.  
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to  
prevent damage to the vehicle.  
Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle,  
where all the wheels are connected to the  
drive train, proper transporting of the  
vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid  
damaging the drive system. Government  
and local laws must be followed.  
Wheel dollies  
CAUTION  
Don't tow with sling-type equipment.  
This could damage your vehicle. Use  
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.  
A towed 2WD vehicle should have its  
front wheels off the ground. If excessive  
damage or other conditions prevent this,  
use wheel dollies.  
When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear  
wheels on the ground, release the parking  
brake.  
A towed AWD vehicle must have all its  
wheels off the ground.  
7-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page294  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (294,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Towing  
Tiedown Hooks  
WARNING  
CAUTION  
Towing a AWD Vehicle:  
Towing a AWD vehicle with either the  
front or rear wheels on the ground is  
dangerous as the drive train could be  
damaged, or the vehicle could trail  
away from the tow truck and cause an  
accident. Always tow a AWD vehicle  
with all four wheels off the ground. If  
the drive train has been damaged,  
transport the vehicle on a flat bed  
truck.  
Don't use the tiedown hooks under the  
front and rear for towing.  
They are designed ONLY for tying  
down the vehicle when it's being  
transported. Using them for towing will  
damage the bumper.  
qTiedown Hooks  
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lug  
wrench, and jack lever from the trunk  
(page 7-3).  
2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth to  
prevent damage to the bumper and  
open the cap located on the front and  
rear bumper.  
7-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page295  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (295,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Towing  
Lug wrench  
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown  
eyelet.  
CAUTION  
The cap cannot be completely removed.  
Do not use excessive force as it may  
damage the cap or scratch the painted  
bumper surface.  
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet  
using the lug wrench.  
Lug wrench  
7-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page296  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (296,1)  
In Case of an Emergency  
Emergency Towing  
Recreational Towing  
CAUTION  
An example of recreational towingis  
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.  
The transaxle is not designed for towing  
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.  
When doing recreational towing refer to  
Towing Description(page 7-19) and  
Tiedown Hooks(page 7-20) and  
carefully follow the instructions.  
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely  
tightened, it may loosen or disengage  
from the bumper when tying down the  
vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown  
eyelet is securely tightened to the  
bumper.  
7-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page297  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (297,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
8
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page298  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (298,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Introduction  
Introduction  
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle  
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.  
If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable  
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.  
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your  
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This  
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.  
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as  
prescribed.  
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective  
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.  
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may  
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.  
8-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page299  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (299,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Scheduled Maintenance  
Scheduled Maintenance  
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions  
apply.  
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).  
l
Repeated short-distance driving  
l
Driving in dusty conditions  
l
Driving with extended use of brakes  
l
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used  
l
Driving on rough or muddy roads  
l
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation  
l
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates  
NOTE  
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the  
recommended intervals.  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page300  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (300,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Scheduled Maintenance  
qSchedule 1  
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first  
Months  
×1000 km  
×1000 miles  
6
12  
24  
15  
18  
36  
24  
48  
30  
30  
60  
36  
72  
45  
42  
84  
48  
96  
60  
Maintenance Interval  
12  
7.5  
22.5  
37.5  
52.5  
ENGINE  
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,  
adjust  
Engine valve clearance  
Drive belts (tension)  
Engine oil  
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter  
COOLING SYSTEM  
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after  
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years  
FL22 type *1  
Others  
Engine coolant  
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,  
every 2 years  
FUEL SYSTEM  
Air filter  
R
Fuel lines and hoses *2  
Hoses and tubes for emission *2  
IGNITION SYSTEM  
Spark plugs  
I
I
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)  
I
CHASSIS and BODY  
Brake lines, hoses and connections  
Disc brakes  
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (Rotation)  
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)  
I
Steering operation and linkages  
Front and rear suspension and ball joints  
Rear differential oil  
I
I
I
*3*4  
*4  
Transfer oil  
Driveshaft dust boots  
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields  
All locks and hinges  
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
8-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page301  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (301,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Scheduled Maintenance  
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first  
Months  
×1000 km  
×1000 miles  
6
12  
24  
15  
18  
36  
24  
48  
30  
30  
60  
36  
72  
45  
42  
84  
48  
96  
60  
Maintenance Interval  
12  
7.5  
22.5  
37.5  
52.5  
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)  
Cabin air filter  
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years  
Chart symbols:  
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.  
R: Replace  
L: Lubricate  
Remarks:  
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding  
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.  
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at  
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.  
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil every  
45,000 km (28,100 miles).  
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier  
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet condition  
c) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation  
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)  
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page302  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (302,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Scheduled Maintenance  
qSchedule 2  
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first  
Months  
×1000 km  
×1000 miles  
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48  
Maintenance Interval  
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96  
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60  
ENGINE  
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,  
adjust  
Engine valve clearance  
Drive belts (tension)  
I
Puerto Rico  
Others  
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months  
Engine oil  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter  
COOLING SYSTEM  
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years ; after  
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years  
FL22 type *1  
Others  
Engine coolant  
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,  
every 2 years  
Engine coolant level  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FUEL SYSTEM  
Puerto Rico  
Others  
R
R
Air filter  
R
Fuel lines and hoses *2  
Hoses and tubes for emission *2  
I
I
I
IGNITION SYSTEM  
USA  
Others *3  
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)  
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)  
Spark plugs  
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM  
Function of all lights  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page303  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (303,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Scheduled Maintenance  
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first  
Months  
×1000 km  
×1000 miles  
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48  
Maintenance Interval  
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96  
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60  
CHASSIS and BODY  
Brake lines, hoses and connections  
Brake fluid level  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes  
Tire (Rotation)  
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)  
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear  
Steering operation and linkages  
Power steering fluid level  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension and ball joints  
Rear differential oil  
*4*5  
*5  
Transfer oil  
Driveshaft dust boots  
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields  
All locks and hinges  
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years  
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
Washer fluid level  
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)  
Cabin air filter  
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years  
Chart symbols:  
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.  
R: Replace  
L: Lubricate  
Remarks:  
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding  
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.  
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at  
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.  
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs every 96,000  
km (60,000 miles) or shorter.  
a) Repeated short-distance driving  
b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation  
c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates  
*4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil every  
45,000 km (28,100 miles).  
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier  
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet condition  
c) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation  
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)  
*5 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page304  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (304,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Owner Maintenance Schedule  
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the  
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.  
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service  
technician as soon as possible.  
qWhen Refueling  
l
Brake fluid level (page 8-16)  
l
Engine coolant level (page 8-14)  
l
Engine oil level (page 8-13)  
l
Washer fluid level (page 8-20)  
qAt Least Monthly  
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-28)  
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)  
l
Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-18)  
l
Power steering fluid level (page 8-17)  
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical  
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.  
l
Engine coolant (page 8-14)  
l
Engine oil (page 8-12)  
8-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page305  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (305,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Owner Maintenance Precautions  
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only  
for items that are easy to perform.  
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a  
qualified service technician with special tools.  
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.  
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If  
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please  
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.  
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer.  
WARNING  
Maintenance Procedures:  
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can  
be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack  
sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work,  
have it done by a qualified technician.  
Running the Engine:  
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more  
dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.  
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.  
Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain  
that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and  
all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or  
cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly.  
Electrical Fan and Engine Inspection:  
Working near the electrical cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. You could be  
hit by the fan and seriously injured. Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the  
fan is not running before attempting to work near the electrical cooling fan.  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page306  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (306,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
NOTE  
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on.  
It will continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.  
8-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page307  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (307,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Engine Compartment Overview  
Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick  
Engine oil-filler cap  
Windshield washer  
fluid reservoir  
Brake fluid reservoir  
Power steering  
fluid reservoir  
Fuse block  
Battery  
Cooling system cap  
Engine oil dipstick  
Engine coolant reservoir  
8-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page308  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (308,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Only use oils Certified For Gasoline  
Enginesby the American Petroleum  
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark  
symbol conforms to the current engine  
and emission system protection standards  
and fuel economy requirements of the  
International Lubricant Standardization  
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),  
comprised of U.S. and Japanese  
Engine Oil  
NOTE  
Changing the engine oil should be done  
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qRecommended Oil  
automobile manufacturers.  
Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.  
Oil container labels provide important  
information.  
A chief contribution this type of oil makes  
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of  
fuel necessary to overcome engine  
friction.  
–30 –20 –10  
0
10 20 30 40 50  
–20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
U.S.A. and CANADA  
5W-30  
Except U.S.A. and CANADA  
(ILSAC)  
(ILSAC)  
8-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page309  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (309,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
The quality designation SL, or ILSAC  
must be on the label.  
5. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and  
reinsert it fully.  
–30 –20 –10  
0
10 20 30 40 50  
–20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
Max  
OK  
5W-30  
Min  
6. Pull it out again and examine the level.  
It's OK between MIN and MAX.  
qInspecting Engine Oil Level  
But if it's near or below MIN, add  
enough oil to bring the level to MAX.  
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level  
surface.  
2. Warm up the engine to normal  
operating temperature.  
CAUTION  
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes  
for the oil to return to the oil pan.  
Don't add engine oil over MAX. This  
may cause engine damage.  
4. Open the cap.  
7. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is  
positioned properly before reinserting  
the dipstick.  
8. Close the cap.  
8-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page310  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (310,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
NOTE  
Engine Coolant  
When closing the engine oil cap, place  
the cap with the ( ) mark aligned at  
the OPEN ( ) position and then turn  
the cap to the CLOSE ( ) position.  
qInspecting Coolant Level  
WARNING  
Hot Engine:  
A hot engine is dangerous. If the  
engine has been running, parts of the  
engine compartment can become very  
hot. You could be burned. Carefully  
inspect the engine coolant in the  
coolant reservoir, but do not open it.  
Do not use a match or live flame in the  
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD  
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS  
HOT.  
Electrical Fan and Engine  
Inspection:  
Working near the electrical cooling  
fan when it is running is dangerous.  
You could be hit by the fan and  
seriously injured. Turn off the ignition  
switch and make sure the fan is not  
running before attempting to work  
near the electrical cooling fan.  
Cooling System Caps:  
When the engine and radiator are hot,  
scalding coolant and steam may shoot  
out under pressure and cause serious  
injury. Don't remove either cooling  
system cap when the engine and  
radiator are hot.  
8-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page311  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (311,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
If it's at or near LOW, add enough coolant  
to the coolant reservoir to provide  
freezing and corrosion protection and to  
bring the level to FULL.  
NOTE  
Once the engine coolant exceeds a  
preset temperature, an electrical cooling  
fan turns on. It will continue running  
for about 10 minutes after the ignition  
switch is turned to off.  
CAUTION  
l
Radiator coolant will damage paint.  
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.  
NOTE  
l
Use only soft (demineralized) water  
Changing the coolant should be done  
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
in the coolant mixture. Water that  
contains minerals will cut down on  
the coolant's effectiveness.  
Inspect the antifreeze protection and  
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at  
least once a yearat the beginning of the  
winter seasonand before traveling  
where temperatures may drop below  
freezing.  
l
Don't add only water. Always add a  
proper coolant mixture.  
l
The engine has aluminum parts and  
must be protected by an ethylene-  
glycol-based coolant to prevent  
corrosion and freezing.  
Inspect the condition and connections of  
all cooling system and heater hoses.  
Replace any that are swollen or  
deteriorated.  
l
DO NOT USE coolants Containing  
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or  
Silicate.  
These coolants could damage the  
cooling system.  
The coolant should be at full in the  
radiator and between the FULL and LOW  
marks on the coolant reservoir when the  
engine is cool.  
l
DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol  
with the coolant. This could damage  
the cooling system.  
l
Don't use a solution that contains  
more than 60% antifreeze.  
This would reduce effectiveness.  
8-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page312  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (312,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
NOTE  
Brake Fluid  
If the FL22mark is shown on or near  
the cooling system cap, use FL22 type  
engine coolant. If engine coolant other  
than FL22 type is used, the engine  
coolant must be replaced earlier than  
the specified replacement interval  
indicated in the scheduled maintenance  
(page 8-3).  
qInspecting Brake Fluid Level  
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir  
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.  
The level normally drops with  
accumulated distance, a condition  
associated with wear of brake linings. If it  
is excessively low, have the brake system  
inspected by an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new  
coolant is required frequently, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
8-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page313  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (313,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
qAdding Brake Fluid  
Power Steering Fluid  
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid  
WARNING  
Level  
Spilled Brake Fluid:  
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it  
gets in your eyes, they could be  
seriously injured. If this happens,  
immediately flush your eyes with water  
and get medical attention. Brake fluid  
spilled on a hot engine could cause a  
fire. Be careful not to spill brake fluid  
on yourself or on the engine.  
CAUTION  
To avoid damage to the power steering  
pump, don't operate the vehicle for long  
periods when the power steering fluid  
level is low.  
NOTE  
Low Brake Fluid Levels:  
Use specified power steering fluid  
(page 10-4).  
Low brake fluid levels are dangerous.  
Low levels could signal brake lining  
wear or a brake system leak. Your  
brakes could fail and cause an  
accident. If you find a low fluid level,  
have the brakes inspected.  
Inspect the fluid level at each engine oil  
change. Add fluid if necessary; it does not  
require periodic changing.  
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it  
reaches MAX.  
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the  
area around the cap.  
CAUTION  
l
Brake fluid will damage painted  
surfaces. If brake fluid does get on a  
painted surface, wipe it off  
immediately.  
The level must be kept between the MAX  
and MIN marks.  
l
Using nonspecified brake fluids  
(page 10-4) will damage the system.  
Mixing different fluids will also  
damage it.  
If the brake system frequently  
requires new fluid, consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Visually examine the lines and hoses for  
leaks and damage.  
1. Park on a level surface, well off the  
right-of-way, and set the parking brake  
firmly.  
2. Turn off the engine and allow it to  
cool.  
8-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page314  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (314,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
3. Remove the filler cap and attached  
dipstick.  
Automatic Transaxle Fluid  
(ATF)  
4. Wipe them clean and put them back.  
5. Remove again and inspect the level.  
qInspecting Automatic Transaxle  
Fluid Level  
6. It must be between MAX and MIN.  
Add fluid if necessary.  
The automatic transaxle fluid level should  
be inspected regularly. Measure it as  
described below.  
Don't overfill.  
If new fluid is required frequently, consult  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
The volume of fluid changes with the  
temperature. Fluid must be checked at idle  
without driving at normal operating  
temperature.  
CAUTION  
l
Low fluid level causes transaxle  
slippage. Overfilling can cause  
foaming, loss of fluid, and transaxle  
malfunction.  
l
Use specified fluid (page 10-4). A  
nonspecified fluid could result in  
transaxle malfunction and failure.  
1. Park on a level surface and set the  
parking brake firmly.  
2. Start the engine and depress the brake  
pedal.  
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges,  
then set it at P.  
8-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page315  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (315,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
CAUTION  
WARNING  
l
l
Use the cold scale only as a  
Sudden Vehicle Movement:  
Shifting the shift lever without first  
depressing the brake pedal is  
dangerous. The vehicle could move  
suddenly and cause an accident.  
Make sure the brake pedal is applied  
before shifting the shift lever.  
reference.  
If outside temperature is lower than  
about 20°C (70°F), start the engine  
and inspect the fluid level after the  
engine reaches operating  
temperature.  
l
If the vehicle has been driven for an  
extended period at high speeds or in  
city traffic in hot weather, inspect the  
level only after stopping the engine  
and allowing the fluid to cool for 30  
minutes.  
4. With the engine still idling, pull out the  
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.  
5. Pull it out again.  
The proper fluid level is marked on the  
dipstick as follows.  
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding  
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make  
sure it doesn't pass full.  
Full  
A
Low  
Full  
NOTE  
B
Low  
Inspect the fluid on both sides of the  
dipstick in a well lit area for an accurate  
reading.  
Fluid hot scale A  
When the vehicle has been driven and the  
fluid is at normal operating temperature,  
about 65°C (150°F), the level must be  
between Full and Low.  
Fluid cold scale B  
When the engine has not been running  
and the outside temperature is about 20°C  
(70°F), the fluid level should be close to,  
but not above, the bottom notch on the  
dipstick.  
8-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page316  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (316,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid  
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.  
Washer Fluid  
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level  
WARNING  
Use only windshield washer fluid or  
plain water in the reservoir:  
Using radiator antifreeze as washer  
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the  
windshield, it will dirty the windshield,  
affect your visibility, and could result  
in an accident.  
Use plain water if washer fluid is  
unavailable.  
But use only washer fluid in cold weather  
to prevent it from freezing.  
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-  
freeze Protection in Cold Weather:  
Operating your vehicle in  
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40  
degrees F) using washer fluid without  
anti-freeze protection is dangerous as  
it could cause impaired windshield  
vision and result in an accident. In  
cold weather, always use washer fluid  
with anti-freeze protection.  
NOTE  
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied  
from the same reservoir.  
NOTE  
State or local regulations may restrict  
the use of volatile organic compounds  
(VOCs), which are commonly used as  
anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A  
washer fluid with limited VOC content  
should be used only if it provides  
adequate freeze resistance for all  
regions and climates in which the  
vehicle will be operated.  
8-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page317  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (317,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Body Lubrication  
Wiper Blades  
CAUTION  
All moving points of the body, such as  
door and hood hinges and locks, should  
be lubricated each time the engine oil is  
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on  
locks during cold weather.  
l
l
Hot waxes applied by automatic car  
washers have been known to affect  
the wiper's ability to clean windows.  
To prevent damage to the wiper  
blades, don't use gasoline, kerosene,  
paint thinner, or other solvents on or  
near them.  
Make sure the hood's secondary latch  
keeps the hood from opening when the  
primary latch is released.  
Contamination of either the windshield or  
the blades with foreign matter can reduce  
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are  
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments  
used by some commercial car washes.  
If the blades are not wiping properly,  
clean the window and blades with a good  
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse  
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if  
necessary.  
q
Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades  
When the wipers no longer clean well, the  
blades are probably worn or cracked.  
Replace them.  
CAUTION  
To prevent damage to the wiper arms  
and other components, don't try to  
sweep the wiper arm by hand.  
8-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page318  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (318,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
NOTE  
CAUTION  
To prevent damage to the wiper arm  
blades when raising both the driver and  
passenger side wiper arms, raise the  
driver side wiper arm first. Conversely,  
when setting down the wiper arms, set  
the passenger side wiper arm down  
first.  
To prevent damage to the windshield let  
the wiper arm down easily, don't let it  
slap down on the windshield.  
4. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it  
out of blade holder.  
1. Raise the wiper arm.  
2. Open the clip and insert the blade  
assembly.  
5. Remove the metal stiffeners from the  
blade rubber and install them in new  
blades.  
3. Tilt the blade assembly and remove it  
from the arm.  
8-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page319  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (319,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
l
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.  
You need to use them again.  
To prevent damage to the wiper arm  
and other components, don't try to  
sweep the wiper arm by hand.  
l
If the metal stiffeners are switched,  
the blade's wiping efficiency could  
be reduced.  
So don't use the driver's side metal  
stiffeners on the passenger's side, or  
vice versa.  
1. Remove the cover and raise the wiper  
arm.  
l
Be sure to reinstall the metal  
stiffeners in the new blade rubber so  
that the curve is the same as it was in  
the old blade rubber.  
6. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.  
Then install the blade assembly in the  
reverse order of removal.  
CAUTION  
To prevent damage to the rear window  
let the wiper arm down easily, don't let  
it slap down on the rear window.  
2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it  
out of the blade holder.  
qReplacing Rear Window Wiper  
Blade  
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the  
blade is probably worn or cracked.  
Replace it.  
8-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page320  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (320,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the  
blade rubber and install them in new  
blades.  
CAUTION  
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.  
You need to use them again.  
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.  
Then install the blade assembly in the  
reverse order of removal.  
8-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page321  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (321,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Battery  
WARNING  
Battery-Related Lead Materials:  
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,  
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.  
Wash hands after handling.  
Follow These Precautions Carefully:  
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions  
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.  
Eye Protection:  
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC  
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas  
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to  
explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.  
Spilled Battery Fluid:  
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.  
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets  
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for  
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye  
protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.  
Children and Batteries:  
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause  
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the  
reach of children.  
8-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page322  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (322,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
WARNING  
Keep Flames Away:  
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced  
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An  
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including  
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do  
not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the  
battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body.  
Battery-Related Explosion:  
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced  
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An  
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including  
cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.  
8-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page323  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (323,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
l
If the vehicle will not be used for an  
extended time, disconnect the battery  
cables.  
NOTE  
Remove the battery cover before  
performing battery maintenance.  
qBattery Maintenance  
To get the best service from a battery:  
l
Keep it securely mounted.  
l
Keep the top clean and dry.  
l
Keep terminals and connections clean,  
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly  
or terminal grease.  
l
Rinse off spilled electrolyte  
immediately with a solution of water  
and baking soda.  
8-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page324  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (324,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
qTire Inflation Pressure  
Tires  
For reasons of proper performance, safety,  
and better fuel economy, always maintain  
recommended tire inflation pressures and  
stay within the recommended load limits  
and weight distribution.  
WARNING  
Incorrect Tire Inflation:  
Overinflation or underinflation of tires  
is dangerous. Adverse handling or  
unexpected tire failure could result in  
a serious accident. Always inflate the  
tires to the correct pressure (page  
WARNING  
Using Different Tire Types:  
Driving your vehicle with different  
types of tires is dangerous. It could  
cause poor handling and poor  
braking; leading to loss of control.  
Except for the limited use of the  
temporary spare tire, use only the  
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,  
bias-type) on all four wheels.  
The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí  
does not alleviate the need to check the  
tire condition every day, including  
whether the tires all look inflated properly.  
Inspect all tire pressure monthly  
(including the spare) when the tires are  
cold. Maintain recommended pressures  
for the best ride, top handling, and  
minimum tire wear.  
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:  
Using any other tire size than what is  
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)  
is dangerous. It could seriously affect  
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire  
clearance, and speedometer  
When checking the tire pressures, use of a  
digital tire pressure gauge is  
recommended.  
Except Canada (Tire pressure label)  
calibration. This could cause you to  
have an accident. Use only tires that  
are the correct size specified for your  
Mazda.  
8-28  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page325  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (325,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
qTire Rotation  
Canada (Motor vehicle safety standard  
label)  
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires if  
irregular wear develops. According to the  
scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to  
Scheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.  
During rotation, inspect them for correct  
balance.  
Refer to the specification charts (page  
NOTE  
Forward  
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)  
spare tire in rotation.  
l
Always check tire pressure when  
tires are cold.  
l
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and  
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused  
by one or a combination of the following:  
Warm tires normally exceed  
recommended pressures. Don't  
release air from warm tires to adjust  
the pressure.  
l
Incorrect tire pressure  
l
Underinflation can cause reduced  
fuel economy, uneven and  
l
Improper wheel alignment  
accelerated tire wear, and poor  
sealing of the tire bead, which will  
deform the wheel and cause  
separation of tire from rim.  
l
Out-of-balance wheel  
l
Severe braking  
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to  
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the  
lug nuts for tightness.  
l
Overinflation can produce a harsh  
ride, uneven and accelerated tire  
wear, and a greater possibility of  
damage from road hazards.  
Keep your tire pressure at the correct  
levels. If one frequently needs  
inflating, have it inspected.  
CAUTION  
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial  
tires that have an asymmetrical tread  
pattern or studs only from front to rear,  
not from side to side. Tire performance  
will be weakened if rotated from side to  
side.  
8-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page326  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (326,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
NOTE  
CAUTION  
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
Limited-Slip Differential system;  
don't use the following:  
l
When tires with steel wire  
l
Tires not of the designated size  
reinforcement in the sidewalls are  
used, the system may not function  
correctly even with a genuine wheel.  
Refer to System Error Activation on  
l
Tires of different sizes or types at the  
same time  
l
Tires not sufficiently inflated  
If these instructions aren't followed, the  
rotation of the left and right wheels will  
be different and will thus apply a  
constant load on the limited-slip  
differential.  
l
Be sure to install the tire pressure  
sensors whenever tires or wheels are  
replaced.  
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page  
This will cause a malfunction.  
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator  
will appear as a solid band across the  
tread.  
qReplacing a Tire  
Replace the tire when this happens.  
WARNING  
Tread wear indicator  
Worn Tires:  
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.  
Reduced braking, steering, and  
traction could result in an accident.  
Always use tires that are in good  
condition.  
CAUTION  
New tread  
Worn tread  
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
When replacing/repairing the tires or  
wheels or both, have the work done by  
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire  
pressure sensors may be damaged.  
You should replace it before the band is  
across the entire tread.  
8-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page327  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (327,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
NOTE  
CAUTION  
Tires degrade over time, even when  
they are not being used on the road. It is  
recommended that tires generally be  
replaced when they are 6 years or older.  
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent  
high loading conditions can accelerate  
the aging process. You should replace  
the spare tire when you replace the  
other road tires due to the aging of the  
spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing  
week and year is indicated with 4 digit.  
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-19.  
l
Don't use your temporary spare tire  
rim with a snow tire or a  
conventional tire. Neither will  
properly fit and could damage both  
tire and rim.  
l
l
The temporary spare tire has a tread  
life of less than 5,000 km (3,000  
miles). The tread life may be shorter  
depending on driving conditions.  
The temporary spare tire is for  
limited use, however, if the tread  
wear solid-band indicator appears,  
replace the tire with the same type of  
temporary spare (page 8-30).  
qTemporary Spare Tire  
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least  
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated  
and stored.  
NOTE  
Tires degrade over time, even when  
they are not being used on the road. It is  
recommended that tires generally be  
replaced when they are 6 years or older.  
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent  
high loading conditions can accelerate  
the aging process. You should replace  
the spare tire when you replace the  
other road tires due to the aging of the  
spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing  
week and year is indicated with 4 digit.  
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-19.  
NOTE  
The temporary spare tire condition  
gradually deteriorates even if it has not  
been used.  
The temporary spare tire is easier to  
handle because of its construction. It is  
lighter and smaller than a conventional  
tire and should be used only for an  
emergency and only for a short distance.  
Use the temporary only until the  
conventional tire is repaired, which should  
be as soon as possible.  
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2  
kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).  
8-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page328  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (328,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
qReplacing a Wheel  
NOTE  
Be sure to install the tire pressure  
sensors whenever tires or wheels are  
replaced. Refer to Tires and Wheels on  
WARNING  
Using a Wrong-Sized Wheel:  
Using a wrong-sized wheel is  
dangerous. Braking and handling  
could be affected, leading to loss of  
control and an accident. Always use  
wheels of the correct size on your  
vehicle.  
When replacing a wheel, make sure the  
new one is the same as the original factory  
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.  
Proper tire balancing provides the best  
riding comfort and helps reduce tread  
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause  
vibration and uneven wear, such as  
cupping and flat spots.  
CAUTION  
l
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely  
affect:  
l
Tire fit  
Wheel and bearing life  
Ground clearance  
Snow-chain clearance  
Speedometer calibration  
Headlight aim  
Bumper height  
Tire Pressure Monitoring System  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Limited-Slip Differential System  
l
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring  
System)  
l
When replacing/repairing the tires  
or wheels or both, have the work  
done by an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors  
may be damaged.  
l
The wheels equipped on your  
Mazda are specially designed for  
installation of the tire pressure  
sensors. Do not use non-genuine  
wheels, otherwise it may not be  
possible to install the tire pressure  
sensors.  
8-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page329  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (329,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Light Bulbs  
Overhead light (Rear)  
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)  
Luggage compartment light  
Front side marker lights  
Fog lights  
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights  
Headlights (Low beam)  
Headlights (High beam)  
High-mount brake light  
License plate lights  
Rear turn signal lights  
Rear side marker lights  
Brake lights/Taillights  
Reverse lights  
Some models.  
8-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page330  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (330,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs  
Replacing a headlight bulb  
High-beam bulb  
WARNING  
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs  
yourself:  
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned  
off and the headlight switch is off.  
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs  
yourself is dangerous. Because the  
xenon fusion bulbs require high  
voltage, you could receive an electric  
shock if the bulbs are handled  
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is  
necessary.  
2. Lift the hood.  
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly  
counterclockwise and remove it.  
Carefully remove the High-beam bulb  
from its socket in the reflector by  
gently pulling it straight backward out  
of the socket.  
Handling Halogen Bulbs:  
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is  
dangerous. These bulbs contain  
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it  
will explode and serious injuries could  
be caused by the flying glass.  
4. Disconnect the bulb from the electrical  
connector by pressing the tab on the  
connector with your finger and pulling  
the bulb upward.  
If the glass portion is touched with  
bare hands, body oil could cause the  
bulb to overheat and explode when lit.  
Never touch the glass portion of the  
bulb with your bare hands and always  
wear eye protection when handling or  
working around halogen bulbs.  
Children and Halogen Bulbs:  
Playing with a halogen bulb is  
dangerous. Serious injuries could be  
caused by dropping a halogen bulb or  
breaking it some other way.  
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order  
of removal.  
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the  
reach of children.  
8-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page331  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (331,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
3. Turn the screws and the center section  
of the plastic retainers  
NOTE  
counterclockwise and remove them,  
then partially peel back the mudguard.  
l
To replace the bulb, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally  
Removal  
touched, it should be cleaned with  
rubbing alcohol before being used.  
l
Use the protective cover and carton  
of the replacement bulb to dispose of  
the old bulb promptly out of the  
reach of children.  
Installation  
Low-beam bulb  
(Xenon fusion bulb)  
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by  
yourself.  
The bulbs must be replaced at an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
(Halogen bulbs)  
4. Detach the electrical connector from  
the bulb by pulling it to the rear.  
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.  
2. If you are changing the right Low-  
beam bulb, start the engine, turn the  
steering wheel all the way to the right,  
and turn off engine. If you are  
changing the left Low-beam bulb, turn  
the steering wheel to the left.  
5. Pull off the sealing cover.  
6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.  
8-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page332  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (332,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
7. Swing the retaining spring out and  
away to free the bulb.  
NOTE  
l
To replace the bulb, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally  
touched, it should be cleaned with  
rubbing alcohol before being used.  
Use the protective cover and carton  
for the replacement bulb to dispose  
of the old bulb promptly and out of  
the reach of children.  
Sealing  
cover  
Front side marker lights, Front turn  
signal lights/Parking lights  
8. Carefully remove the bulb from the  
socket by pulling it straight back.  
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.  
2. If you are changing a bulb in the right  
headlight unit, start the engine, turn the  
steering wheel all the way to the right,  
and turn off engine. If you are  
changing a bulb in the left headlight  
unit, turn the steering wheel to the left.  
3. Turn the screws and the center section  
of the plastic retainers  
counterclockwise and remove them,  
then partially peel back the mudguard.  
Removal  
9. Replace the bulb.  
10. Install the new bulb in the reverse  
order of removal.  
Installation  
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly  
counterclockwise and remove it.  
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.  
8-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page333  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (333,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
Front side marker lights  
3. Turn the screws and the center section  
of the plastic retainers  
counterclockwise and remove them,  
then partially peel back the mudguard.  
Removal  
Installation  
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights  
4. Disconnect the electrical connector  
from the bulb by pressing the tab on  
the connector with your finger and  
pulling the connector downward.  
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly  
counterclockwise and remove it.  
Carefully remove the bulb from its  
socket in the reflector by gently pulling  
it straight backward out of the socket.  
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order  
of removal.  
Fog lightsí  
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.  
2. If you are changing the right fog light  
bulb, start the engine, turn the steering  
wheel all the way to the right, and turn  
off engine. If you are changing the left  
fog light bulb, turn the steering wheel  
to the left.  
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order  
of removal.  
íSome models.  
8-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page334  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (334,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.  
NOTE  
l
To replace the bulb, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally  
touched, it should be cleaned with  
rubbing alcohol before being used.  
l
Use the protective cover and carton  
for the replacement bulb to dispose  
of the old bulb promptly and out of  
the reach of children.  
Rear side-maker light  
Brake light/Taillight  
Rear direction indication light  
Reverse light  
Brake lights/Taillights, Rear turn signal  
lights, Reverse lights, Rear side-marker  
lights  
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order  
of removal.  
NOTE  
1. Remove the cover.  
To replace the bulb, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
High-mount brake light  
Due to the complexity and difficulty of  
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be  
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
NOTE  
LED bulb replacement is not possible.  
The rear combination component must  
be replaced.  
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly  
counterclockwise and remove it.  
License plate lights  
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft  
cloth to prevent damage to the lens and  
remove the lens by carefully prying on  
the edge of the lens with a flathead  
screwdriver.  
8-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page335  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (335,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.  
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order  
of removal.  
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order  
of removal.  
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs  
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)  
Due to the complexity and difficulty of  
the procedure, the bulbs should be  
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Overhead light (Rear), Luggage  
compartment light  
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with  
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the  
lens and remove the lens by carefully  
prying on the edge of the lens with the  
flathead screwdriver.  
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.  
8-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page336  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (336,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse  
puller provided on the inside of the  
cover for the fuse panel and the fuse  
block cover inside of the engine  
compartment.  
Fuses  
Your vehicle's electrical system is  
protected by fuses.  
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't  
work, inspect the appropriate circuit  
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside  
element will be melted.  
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using  
that system and consult an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.  
qFuse Replacement  
Replacing the fuses on the driver's side  
If the electrical system doesn't work, first  
inspect fuses on the driver's side.  
4. Inspect it and replace if it's blown.  
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other  
switches.  
2. Open the fuse panel cover.  
Blown  
Normal  
5. Push in a new fuse of the same  
amperage rating, and make sure it fits  
tightly. If it doesn't, have an Authorized  
Mazda Dealer install it.  
Fuse panel cover  
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one  
of the same rating from a circuit not  
essential to vehicle operation, such as  
the ROOM circuit.  
8-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page337  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:7 PM  
Black plate (337,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse  
puller provided on the inside of the  
engine compartment fuse block cover.  
WARNING  
Always replace a fuse with one of the  
same rating. Otherwise you may  
damage the electric system.  
Replacing the fuses under the hood  
If the headlights or other electrical  
components don't work and the fuses in  
the cabin are OK, inspect the fuse block  
under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it must  
be replaced. Follow these steps:  
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all  
other switches.  
4. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a new  
one of the same amperage rating.  
2. Remove the fuse block cover.  
Normal  
Blown  
NOTE  
To replace the MAIN fuse, contact an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 8-42).  
8-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page338  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (338,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
qFuse Panel Description  
Fuse block (Engine compartment)  
DESCRIPTION  
IGN 2  
FUSE RATING  
PROTECTED COMPONENT  
1
2
40A  
40A  
60A  
40A  
40A  
40A  
40A  
30A  
20A  
30A  
30A  
20A  
30A  
30A  
40A  
20A  
7.5A  
20A  
Ignition system  
BLOWER  
BTN  
Blower motor  
3
For protection of various circuits  
Cooling fan  
4
FAN 2  
5
IGN 1  
Ignition system  
6
FAN 1  
Cooling fan  
í
7
P.SEAT  
INJ  
Power seat  
8
Injector  
í
9
ROOF  
Moonroof  
í
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
BOSE  
Bose audio system  
ENGINE  
D.LOCK  
P.WIND  
FUEL  
Engine control system  
Power door locks  
Power windows  
Fuel pump  
ABS  
ABS 1  
ABS 2  
DSC  
ABS  
DSC  
í
FOG  
Fog lights  
8-42  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page339  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (339,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
DESCRIPTION  
FUSE RATING  
PROTECTED COMPONENT  
19  
20  
DEF  
30A  
Rear window defroster  
Parking lights, License plate lights,  
Illuminated entry system  
í
TNS  
15A  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
A/C  
ETC  
10A  
20A  
15A  
15A  
15A  
15A  
7.5A  
10A  
15A  
20A  
10A  
20A  
25A  
10A  
Air conditioner  
Accelerator position sensor  
í
H/L HI  
Headlight leveling  
í
DRL  
DRL  
H/L LO RH  
H/L LO LH  
ENG BAR 2  
ECM  
Headlight low beam (RH)  
Headlight low beam (LH)  
PCM  
Engine control system  
Air flow sensor, EGR control valve  
Power windows  
ENG BAR 1  
P.WIND 2  
STOP  
Brake lights  
HORN  
Horn  
ENG B+  
HAZARD  
PCM  
Hazard warning flashers, Turn signals  
Fuse block (Driver's side)  
DESCRIPTION  
FUSE RATING  
PROTECTED COMPONENT  
1
OUTLET 1  
15A  
Accessory Socket  
íSome models.  
8-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page340  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (340,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Owner Maintenance  
DESCRIPTION  
FUSE RATING  
15A  
PROTECTED COMPONENT  
2
3
OUTLET 2  
P.MIR  
Accessory Socket  
7.5A  
30A  
Power control mirror  
4
WIPER  
M.DEF  
ENG BAR 3  
P.WIND  
A/B  
Windshield wiper and washer  
í
5
7.5A  
7.5A  
15A  
Mirror defroster  
6
Air flow sensor, EGR control valve  
Power windows  
7
8
7.5A  
15A  
Advance Restraint System  
Engine control system  
9
ENGINE  
METER  
ROOM  
ILLUMI  
SEAT  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10A  
Instrument cluster  
15A  
Audio system, Overhead light  
Dashboard illumination  
í
10A  
20A  
Seat warmer  
í
A/C  
10A  
Air conditioner  
R.WIP  
10A  
Rear window wiper and washer  
8-44  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page341  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (341,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
qDamage Caused by Bird  
How to Minimize  
Environmental Paint Damage  
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap  
Occurrence  
The paintwork on your Mazda represents  
the latest technical developments in  
composition and methods of application.  
Bird droppings contain acids. If these  
aren't removed they can eat away the clear  
and color base coat of the vehicle's  
paintwork.  
Environmental hazards, however, can  
harm the paint's protective properties, if  
proper care is not taken.  
When insects stick to the paint surface  
and decompose, corrosive compounds  
form. These can erode the clear and color  
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if  
they are not removed.  
Here are some examples of possible  
damage, with tips on how to prevent  
them.  
Tree sap will harden and adhere  
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or  
permanently to the paint finish. If you  
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some  
vehicle paint could come off with it.  
Industrial Fallout  
Occurrence  
Prevention  
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions  
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew  
to form acids. These acids can settle on a  
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,  
the acid becomes concentrated and can  
damage the finish.  
It is necessary to have your Mazda  
washed and waxed to preserve its finish  
according to the instructions in this  
section. This should be done as soon as  
possible.  
And the longer the acid remains on the  
surface, the greater the chance is for  
damage.  
Bird droppings can be removed with a  
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling  
and these are not available, a moistened  
tissue may also take care of the problem.  
The cleaned area should be waxed  
according to the instructions in this  
section.  
Insects and tree sap are best removed with  
a soft sponge and water or a commercially  
available chemical cleaner.  
Prevention  
It is necessary to wash and wax your  
vehicle to preserve its finish according to  
the instructions in this section. These  
steps should be taken immediately after  
you suspect that acid rain has settled on  
your vehicle's finish.  
Another method is to cover the affected  
area with dampened newspaper for one to  
two hours. After removing the newspaper,  
rinse off the loosened debris with water.  
8-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page342  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (342,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
qWater Marks  
NOTE  
Occurrence  
l
The paint chipping zone varies with  
the speed of the vehicle. For  
example, when traveling at 90 km/h  
(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is  
50 m (164 ft).  
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can  
contain harmful minerals such as salt and  
lime. If moisture containing these  
minerals settles on the vehicle and  
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate  
and harden to form white rings. The rings  
can damage your vehicle's finish.  
l
l
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish  
hardens. This increases the chance of  
paint chipping.  
Prevention  
Chipped paint can lead to rust  
forming on your Mazda. Before this  
happens, repair the damage by using  
Mazda touch-up paint according to  
the instructions in this section.  
Failure to repair the affected area  
could lead to serious rusting and  
expensive repairs.  
It is necessary to wash and wax your  
vehicle to preserve its finish according to  
the instructions in this section. These  
steps should be taken immediately after  
you find water marks on your vehicle's  
finish.  
qPaint Chipping  
Occurrence  
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown  
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits  
your vehicle.  
How to avoid paint chipping  
Keeping a safe distance between you and  
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of  
having your paint chipped by flying  
gravel.  
8-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page343  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (343,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's  
paint finish:  
Exterior Care  
Follow all label and container directions  
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.  
Read all warnings and cautions.  
l
Rinse off any dirt or other foreign  
matter using lukewarm or cold water  
before washing.  
l
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water  
qMaintaining the Finish  
and a soft cloth when washing the  
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.  
Washing  
l
To help protect the finish from rust and  
deterioration, wash your Mazda  
Rub gently when washing or drying the  
vehicle.  
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a  
month, with lukewarm or cold water.  
l
Take your vehicle only to a car wash  
that keeps its brushes well maintained.  
l
Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax  
that contain abrasives.  
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the  
paint surface could be scratched. Here are  
some examples of how scratching could  
occur.  
CAUTION  
Scratches occur on the paint surface  
when:  
l
Don't use steel wool, abrasive  
cleaners, or strong detergents  
containing highly alkaline or caustic  
agents on chrome-plated or anodized  
aluminum parts. This may damage  
the protective coating; also, cleaners  
and detergents may discolor or  
deteriorate the paint.  
l
The vehicle is washed without first  
rinsing off dirt and other foreign  
matter.  
l
The vehicle is washed with a rough,  
dry, or dirty cloth.  
l
The vehicle is washed at a car wash  
l
To prevent damaging the antenna,  
that uses brushes that are dirty or too  
stiff.  
remove it before entering a car wash  
facility or passing beneath a low  
overhead clearance.  
l
Cleansers or wax containing abrasives  
are used.  
Pay special attention to removing salt,  
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from  
the underside of the fenders, and make  
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of  
the doors and rocker panels are clean.  
NOTE  
l
Mazda is not responsible for  
scratches caused by automatic car  
washes or improper washing.  
l
Scratches are more noticeable on  
vehicles with darker paint finishes.  
8-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page344  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (344,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,  
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can  
damage the finish if not removed  
immediately. When prompt washing with  
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap  
made for use on vehicles.  
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the  
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.  
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.  
NOTE  
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and  
similar materials will usually also take  
off the wax. Rewax these areas even if  
the rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.  
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with  
lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap  
to dry on the finish.  
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a  
clean chamois to prevent water spots from  
forming.  
qRepairing Damage to the Finish  
Deep scratches or chips on the finish  
should be repaired promptly. Exposed  
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major  
repairs.  
WARNING  
Driving with Wet Brakes:  
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.  
Increased stopping distance or the  
vehicle pulling to one side when  
braking could result in a serious  
accident. Light braking will indicate  
whether the brakes have been affected.  
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly  
and applying the brakes lightly until  
brake performance is normal.  
CAUTION  
If your Mazda is damaged and needs  
metal parts repaired or replaced, make  
sure the body shop applies anti-  
corrosion materials to all parts, both  
repaired and new. This will prevent  
them from rusting.  
qPaint Damage Touch-up  
Waxing  
Repair damage to the finish caused by  
stone chipping, damage during parking  
etc., by using Mazda touch-up paint  
before rust begins to form. First, remove  
the dirt and grease with a clean soft cloth.  
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when  
water no longer beads on the finish.  
Always wash and dry the vehicle before  
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,  
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.  
If rust has already begun to form:  
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.  
Waxes containing abrasive will remove  
paint and could damage bright metal  
parts.  
1. Remove rust completely with  
sandpaper.  
2. Wipe with a clean soft cloth.  
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for  
metallic, mica, and solid colors.  
3. Apply rust preventive primer to the  
area.  
8-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page345  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (345,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
4. After drying it completely, apply a  
suitable top coat material to the area.  
qUnderbody Maintenance  
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and  
snow removal and solvents used for dust  
control may collect on the underbody. If  
not removed, they will speed up rusting  
and deterioration of such underbody parts  
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust  
system, even though these parts may be  
coated with anti-corrosive material.  
Of course there will be no problem if you  
assign the work to an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer.  
qCavity Protection  
Cavities are treated for protection at the  
factory, but additional protective treatment  
after the vehicle has been put into use will  
extend the life of the body.  
We recommend that you consult an  
Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning this  
additional precaution.  
Thoroughly flush the underbody and  
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold  
water at the end of each winter. Try also  
to do this every month.  
Pay special attention to these areas  
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It  
will do more harm than good to wet  
down the road grime without removing  
it.  
qBright-Metal Maintenance  
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and  
insects. Never do this with a knife or  
similar tool.  
l
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal  
surfaces, apply wax or chrome  
preservative and rub it to a high luster.  
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,  
and frame members have drain holes that  
should not be clogged. Water trapped  
there will cause rusting.  
l
During cold weather or in coastal areas,  
cover bright-metal parts with a coating  
of wax or preservative heavier than  
usual. It would also help to coat them  
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or  
some other protective compound.  
WARNING  
Driving with Wet Brakes:  
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.  
Increased stopping distance or the  
vehicle pulling to one side when  
braking could result in a serious  
accident. Light braking will indicate  
whether the brakes have been affected.  
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly  
and applying the brakes lightly until  
brake performance is normal.  
CAUTION  
Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,  
or strong detergents containing highly  
alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-  
plated or anodized aluminum parts.  
This may result in damage to the  
protective coating and cause  
discoloration or paint deterioration.  
8-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page346  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (346,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
qUndercoating  
Interior Care  
This special coating is applied to the  
critical parts of the underside to protect  
vehicles from damage caused by  
chemicals or stones. This coating is liable  
to be damaged with time. Check this  
coating periodically.  
qDashboard Precautions  
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume  
and cosmetic oils from contacting the  
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.  
If these solutions get on the dashboard,  
wipe them off immediately.  
An Authorized Mazda Dealer are well  
informed on how repairs should be made.  
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
CAUTION  
Do not use glazing agents.  
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance  
Glazing agents contain ingredients  
which may cause discoloration,  
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.  
A protective coating is provided over the  
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed  
to protect this coating.  
qCleaning the Upholstery and  
NOTE  
Interior Trim  
l
Don't use a wire brush or any  
Vinyl  
abrasive cleaner, polishing  
compound, or solvent on aluminum  
wheels. They may damage the  
coating.  
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl  
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.  
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl  
cleaner.  
l
Only use a mild soap or neutral  
Leatherí  
detergent and always use a sponge or  
soft cloth to clean the wheels.  
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or  
cold water. Also, be sure to clean the  
wheels after driving on dusty or  
salted roads. This helps prevent  
corrosion.  
Real leather isn't uniform and may have  
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it  
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.  
Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry  
and buff it with a dry soft cloth.  
l
Avoid washing your vehicle in an  
automatic car wash that uses high-  
speed or hard brushes.  
Fabric  
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric  
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.  
Clean it with a mild soap solution good  
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh  
spots immediately with a fabric spot  
cleaner.  
l
If your aluminum wheels lose luster,  
wax the wheels.  
8-50  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page347  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (347,1)  
Maintenance and Care  
Appearance Care  
To keep the fabric looking clean and  
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color  
will be affected, it can be stained easily,  
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.  
WARNING  
Damaged Seat Belt:  
Using damaged seat belts is  
dangerous. In a collision, damaged  
belts cannot provide adequate  
protection. Have an Authorized Mazda  
Dealer replace damaged belts  
immediately.  
CAUTION  
Use only recommended cleaners and  
procedures. Others may affect  
appearance and fire-resistance.  
Piano black panelí  
qCleaning the Window Interiors  
The following parts are fitted with panels  
that have been treated with a special  
coating that resists scratching.  
Steering wheel (partial)  
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a  
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.  
If the windows become covered with an  
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them  
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions  
on the container.  
CAUTION  
NOTE  
Don't scrape or scratch the inside of the  
rear window. You may damage the rear  
window defroster grid.  
Scratches or nicks on the panels  
resulting from the use of a hard brush or  
cloth may not be repairable.  
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt  
Webbing  
Clean the webbing with a mild soap  
solution recommended for upholstery or  
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach  
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.  
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry  
the belt webbing and make sure there is  
no remaining moisture before retracting  
them.  
íSome models.  
8-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page348  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (348,1)  
8-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page349  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (349,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting  
Safety Defects  
9
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page350  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (350,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Customer Assistance  
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)  
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All  
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle  
in top condition.  
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of  
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take  
the following steps:  
NOTE  
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary  
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in  
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer  
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to  
address the issue.  
l
If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,  
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of  
the dealership or the OWNER.  
l
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary  
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in  
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.  
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations  
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership  
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the  
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical  
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American  
Operations by one of the following ways.  
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com  
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in  
the U.S., can be found here.  
E-mail: click on Contact Usat the bottom of the page at www.mazdaUSA.com  
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500  
9-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page351  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (351,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Customer Assistance  
By letter at:  
Attn: Customer Assistance  
Mazda North American Operations  
7755 Irvine Center Drive  
Irvine, CA 92618-2922  
P.O. Box 19734  
Irvine, CA 92623-9734  
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following  
information:  
1. Your name, address, and telephone number  
2. Year and model of vehicle  
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on  
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)  
4. Purchase date and current mileage  
5. Your dealer's name and location  
6. Your question(s)  
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.  
9-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page352  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (352,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Customer Assistance  
Customer Assistance (Canada)  
qSatisfaction Review Process  
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized  
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In  
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your  
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your  
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal  
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:  
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer  
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has  
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General  
Manager.  
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office  
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for  
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda  
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address  
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).  
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department  
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda  
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)  
263-4680.  
Provide the Department with the following information:  
1. Your name, address and telephone number  
2. Year and model of vehicle  
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labelspage  
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.  
4. Purchase date  
5. Present odometer reading  
6. Your dealer's name and location  
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction  
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review  
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.  
9-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page353  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (353,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Customer Assistance  
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of  
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the  
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.  
qMediation/Arbitration Program  
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer  
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still  
not resolved, you have another option.  
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the  
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about  
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through  
binding arbitration.  
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.  
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that  
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the  
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.  
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)  
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,  
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish  
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).  
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling  
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with  
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.  
9-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page354  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (354,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Customer Assistance  
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.  
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the  
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the  
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:  
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan  
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300  
North York, Ontario  
M2J 4Y8  
http://camvap.ca  
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:  
Province/Territory  
British Columbia & Yukon Territories  
Alberta & Northwest Territories  
Saskatchewan  
CAMVAP Number  
1 (800) 207-0685  
1 (800) 207-0685  
1 (800) 207-0685  
1 (800) 207-0685  
1 (800) 207-0685  
1 (800) 207-0685  
1 (800) 207-0685  
Manitoba  
Ontario  
Atlantic Canada  
Quebec  
qRegional Offices  
REGIONAL OFFICES  
AREAS COVERED  
MAZDA CANADA INC.  
WESTERN REGION  
8171 ACKROYD ROAD  
SUITE 2000  
ALBERTA,  
BRITISH COLUMBIA,  
MANITOBA,  
RICHMOND B.C.  
V6X 3K1  
SASKATCHEWAN,  
YUKON  
(604) 303-5670  
MAZDA CANADA INC.  
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION  
55 VOGELL ROAD,  
ONTARIO  
RICHMOND HILL,  
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5  
(905) 787-7000  
MAZDA CANADA INC.  
QUEBEC REGION  
6111 ROUTE TRANS  
CANADIENNE  
QUEBEC,  
NEW BRUNSWICK,  
NOVA SCOTIA,  
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC  
H9R 5A5  
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,  
NEWFOUNDLAND  
(514) 694-6390  
9-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page355  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (355,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Customer Assistance  
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)  
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized  
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top  
condition.  
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of  
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take  
the following steps:  
qSTEP 1  
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to  
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,  
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL  
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.  
qSTEP 2  
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your  
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).  
Please help us by providing the following information:  
1. Your name, address, and telephone number  
2. Year and model of vehicle  
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on  
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)  
4. Purchase date and current mileage  
5. Your dealer's name and location  
6. Your question(s)  
9-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page356  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (356,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Mazda Importer/Distributors  
Importer/Distributor  
Distributor in Each Area  
qU.S.A.  
qCANADA  
Mazda North American Operations  
7755 Irvine Center Drive  
Mazda Canada Inc.  
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,  
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.  
P.O. Box 19734  
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.  
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)  
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)  
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada  
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)  
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)  
q
PUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island  
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto  
Rico)  
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico  
00936-2722  
TEL: (787) 641-9300  
qMEXICO  
Mazda Motor de Mexico  
Circuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N  
1500  
Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe. 01210,  
Mexico, D.F.  
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:  
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico  
qGUAM  
Triple J Motors  
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,  
GUAM 96911 USA  
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931  
TEL: (671) 649-6555  
qSAIPAN  
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.  
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)  
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950  
TEL: (670) 234-7524  
9-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page357  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (357,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Mazda Importer/Distributors  
Triple J Saipan, Inc.  
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)  
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487  
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051  
qAMERICAN SAMOA  
Polynesia Motors, Inc.  
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American  
Samoa 96799  
TEL: (684) 699-9347  
9-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page358  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (358,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Warranty  
Warranties for Your Mazda  
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty  
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)  
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty  
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty  
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)  
l
Emission Defect Warranty  
Emission Performance Warranty  
l
l
l
l
l
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)  
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)  
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty  
Tire Warranty  
NOTE  
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.  
9-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page359  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (359,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Warranty  
Outside the United States and Canada  
Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet  
specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the  
United States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.  
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive  
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your  
Mazda outside these areas.  
You may have these problems if you do:  
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will  
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.  
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be  
available.  
The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in  
the United States, its territories, and Canada.  
9-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page360  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (360,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Warranty  
Outside the United States  
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific  
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United  
States may differ from those sold in other countries.  
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive  
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your  
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada  
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for  
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian  
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).  
NOTE  
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to  
travelers on vacation.  
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United  
States:  
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will  
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.  
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be  
available.  
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.  
9-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page361  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (361,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Warranty  
Outside Canada  
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission  
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ  
from those sold in other countries.  
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive  
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your  
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States  
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the  
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal  
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).  
NOTE  
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to  
travelers on vacation.  
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:  
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will  
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.  
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be  
available.  
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.  
9-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page362  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (362,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Warranty  
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except  
United States and Canada)  
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific  
emission and safety standards.  
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition  
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another  
country.  
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.  
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be  
unavailable.  
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your  
vehicle.  
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.  
9-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page363  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (363,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Warranty  
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories  
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.  
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda  
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your  
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you  
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
WARNING  
Installation of Non-Genuine Parts or Accessories:  
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed  
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety  
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries  
in an accident. Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-  
genuine parts or accessories.  
Add-On Electrical and Electronic Equipment:  
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an  
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine  
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.  
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile  
telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems.  
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the  
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.  
9-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page364  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (364,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Cell Phones  
Cell Phones Warning  
WARNING  
Use of Cell Phones and Other Devices by Driver:  
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle  
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.  
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of  
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.  
If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe area  
before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free  
system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or  
other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on the  
full-time job of driving.  
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication  
equipment in vehicles in your country.  
9-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page365  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (365,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)  
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)  
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National  
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and  
temperature performance.  
qTread Wear  
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested  
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.  
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government  
course as a tire graded 100.  
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,  
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service  
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.  
qTraction-AA, A, B, C  
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent  
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on  
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor  
traction performance.  
WARNING  
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction  
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak  
traction characteristics.  
qTemperature-A, B, C  
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the  
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions  
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.  
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire  
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.  
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet  
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent  
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by  
law.  
9-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page366  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (366,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)  
WARNING  
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and  
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either  
separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.  
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several  
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.  
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary  
with respect to grade.  
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND  
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.  
qUniform Tire Quality Grading  
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder  
and maximum section width.  
For example:  
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A  
UTQGS MARK (example)  
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA  
TEMPERATURE A  
9-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page367  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (367,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Tire Labeling  
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of  
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire  
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of  
a recall.  
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires  
Please refer to the diagram below.  
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number  
2. Passenger car tire  
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters  
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)  
5. Radial  
6. Rim diameter code  
7. Load index & speed symbol  
8. Severe snow conditions  
9. Tire ply composition and materials used  
10. Max. load rating  
9-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page368  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (368,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades  
12. Max. permissible inflation pressure  
13. SAFETY WARNING  
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation  
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and  
load index rating may be different from the example.  
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated  
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).  
NOTE  
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either  
ETRTO (European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire  
Manufacturing Association).  
215  
215is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the  
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger  
the number, the wider the tire.  
65  
65is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.  
R
Ris the tire construction symbol. R indicates Radial ply construction.  
15  
15is the wheel rim diameter in inches.  
95  
95is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each  
tire can support.  
9-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page369  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (369,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
H
His the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of  
the tire is rated.  
Letter Rating  
Speed Rating  
99 mph  
Q
R
S
106 mph  
112 mph  
118 mph  
124 mph  
130 mph  
149 mph  
168* mph  
186* mph  
T
U
H
V
W
Y
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For  
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.  
M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow  
AT: All Terrain.  
AS: All Season. The M+Sor M/Sindicates that the tire has some functional use in  
mud and snow.  
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)  
This begins with the letters DOTwhich indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The  
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four  
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers  
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,  
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes  
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire  
defect requires a recall.  
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used  
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In  
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire  
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,  
and other.  
Maximum Load Rating  
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by  
the tire.  
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure  
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under  
normal driving conditions.  
9-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page370  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (370,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades  
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire  
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For  
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the  
government course as a tire graded 100.  
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades  
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions  
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have  
poor traction performance.  
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's  
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under  
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.  
Snow Tires  
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very  
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.  
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other  
tires on your vehicle.  
SAFETY WARNING  
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.  
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:  
l
EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-  
MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)  
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT  
TIRES.  
l
TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-  
FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY  
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.  
9-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page371  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (371,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
qInformation on Temporary Tires  
Please refer to the diagram below.  
1. Temporary tires  
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters  
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)  
4. Diagonal  
5. Rim diameter code  
T115/70D 16 is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation of  
the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and  
load index rating may be different from the example.  
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated  
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).  
115  
115is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the  
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger  
the number, the wider the tire.  
70  
70is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.  
9-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page372  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (372,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
D
Dis the tire construction symbol. D indicates diagonal ply construction.  
16  
16is the wheel rim diameter in inches.  
9-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page373  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (373,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)  
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important  
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.  
SAMPLE  
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure  
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi  
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the  
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.  
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is  
maintained.  
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.  
NOTE  
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the  
recommended cold tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the  
vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire  
warms up, increasing the tire pressure.  
9-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page374  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (374,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
WARNING  
Tire Under-Inflation:  
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.  
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may  
result in severe cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of  
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing  
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It  
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire  
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!  
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking  
at them.  
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the  
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the  
information in this owner's manual.  
qChecking Tire Pressure  
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not  
hot from driving even a mile.  
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.  
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.  
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.  
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the  
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.  
6. Replace the valve cap.  
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.  
NOTE  
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.  
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that  
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.  
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other  
irregularities.  
9-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page375  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (375,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
NOTE  
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires  
to adjust the pressure.  
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.  
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road  
hazards.  
qGlossary of Terms  
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and  
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.  
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing  
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of  
manufacture.  
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.  
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.  
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.  
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.  
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.  
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combined weight of occupants and cargo.  
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.  
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.  
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's  
mounted on the vehicle.  
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity  
is described on the tire label.  
Production options weight is the combined weight of installed regular production options  
weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace, and not  
previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes,  
ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.  
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire  
beads are seated.  
9-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page376  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (376,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Tire Maintenance  
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are  
some important maintenance points:  
qTire Inflation Pressure  
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain  
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the  
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.  
qTire Rotation  
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular  
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.  
Forward  
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)  
spare tire in rotation.  
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a  
combination of the following:  
l
Incorrect tire pressure  
l
Improper wheel alignment  
l
Out-of-balance wheel  
l
Severe braking  
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts  
for tightness.  
9-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page377  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (377,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
CAUTION  
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or  
studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened if  
rotated from side to side.  
(With limited-slip differential)  
Don't use the following:  
l
Tires not of the designated size  
l
Tires of different sizes or types at the same time  
l
Tires not sufficiently inflated  
If these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will be  
different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.  
This will cause a malfunction.  
qReplacing a Tire  
WARNING  
Worn Tires:  
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could  
result in an accident. Always use tires that are in good condition.  
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replace  
the tire when this happens.  
Tread wear indicator  
New tread  
Worn tread  
You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.  
9-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page378  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (378,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
NOTE  
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is  
recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat  
caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging  
process. You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to  
the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with  
4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-19.  
qSafety Practices  
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate  
good driving habits for your own benefit.  
l
Observe posted speed limits  
l
Avoid fast starts, stops and turns  
l
Avoid potholes and objects on the road  
l
Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking  
CAUTION  
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire  
or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until  
you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire is under-  
inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare  
tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire  
dealer to have the vehicle inspected.  
9-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page379  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (379,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Vehicle Loading  
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep  
your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.  
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.  
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining  
your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety  
Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:  
WARNING  
Overloaded Vehicle:  
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious  
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspension  
system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steering  
problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.  
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distance  
required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely,  
particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the  
size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation pressure.  
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the  
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.  
9-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page380  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (380,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all  
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.  
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your  
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.  
PAYLOAD  
Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to  
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load  
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for THE COMBINED  
WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or  
XXX lbsfor your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum  
payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any aftermarket or dealer installed  
equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of the equipment must be  
subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate.  
9-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page381  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (381,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
SAMPLE  
CARGO  
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and  
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of  
cargo weight.  
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo  
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from  
the combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceedvalue on the tire label.  
9-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page382  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (382,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg, and a value of 385 kg for the  
combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed:  
_
_
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 68 kg = 317 kg  
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (68 × 2) kg = 249 kg  
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.  
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -  
including vehicle curb weight and all payload.  
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried  
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance  
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on  
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.  
GVW  
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.  
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully  
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is  
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door  
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.  
9-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page383  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (383,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
SAMPLE  
WARNING  
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:  
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and  
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,  
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the  
vehicle, or loss of control.  
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.  
9-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page384  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (384,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
GCW  
GCW (Gross Combined Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the  
weight of the fully loaded trailer.  
GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the  
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can  
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated  
for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe  
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must  
never exceed the GCWR.  
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer  
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or  
_
_
external), a tongue load of 10 15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15 25%  
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and  
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.  
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a  
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.  
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a  
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by  
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.  
9-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page385  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (385,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
WARNING  
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:  
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.  
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or  
damage to the vehicle.  
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals  
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement  
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR  
limitations.  
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.  
9-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page386  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (386,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Tire Information (except Canada)  
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:  
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:  
(1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never  
exceed XXX kg or XXX lbson your vehicle's placard.  
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your  
vehicle.  
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.  
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.  
For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb  
passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is  
_
650 lbs. (1400 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)  
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle.  
That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity  
calculated in Step 4.  
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to  
your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo  
and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.  
9-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page387  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (387,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Reporting Safety Defects  
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)  
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could  
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway  
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor  
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).  
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it  
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and  
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual  
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda  
Importer/Distributor).  
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-  
327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:  
Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. You  
can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://  
www.safercar.gov.  
NOTE  
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be  
forwarded to:  
Mazda North American Operations  
7755 Irvine Center Drive  
Irvine, California 92618-2922  
P.O. Box 19734  
Irvine, CA 92623-9734  
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500  
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown  
(page 9-8) in this booklet.  
9-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page388  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (388,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Reporting Safety Defects  
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)  
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect  
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact  
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330  
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.  
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:  
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm  
9-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page389  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (389,1)  
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  
Service Publications  
Service Publications  
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do  
some of their own maintenance and repair.  
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the  
chart below.  
If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.  
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER  
9999-95-034B-07  
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION  
2007 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)  
2007 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)  
2007 OWNER'S MANUAL  
9999-95-068G-07  
9999-95-080C-07 (U.S.A.only)  
9999-EC-080C-07 (Canada only)  
9999-PR-08C-07 (Puerto Rico only)  
2007 OWNER'S MANUAL  
2007 OWNER'S MANUAL  
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:  
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and  
chassis.  
qWIRING DIAGRAM:  
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical  
system.  
qOWNER'S MANUAL:  
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.  
This is not a technician's manual.  
9-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page390  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (390,1)  
9-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page391  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (391,1)  
Specifications  
10  
Technical information about your Mazda.  
10-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page392  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (392,1)  
Identification Numbers  
qChassis Number  
Vehicle Information Labels  
qVehicle Identification Number  
The vehicle identification number legally  
identifies your vehicle. The number is on  
a plate attached to the cowl panel located  
on the left corner of the dashboard. This  
plate can easily be seen through the  
windshield.  
qVehicle Emission Control  
Information Label  
q
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label  
q
Tire Pressure Label (Except Canada)  
10-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page393  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (393,1)  
Identification Numbers  
qEngine Number  
Forward  
10-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page394  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (394,1)  
Specifications  
Specifications  
qEngine  
Item  
Specification  
Type  
DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder  
87.5 × 94.0 mm (3.44 × 3.70 in)  
2,261 ml (2,261 cc, 137.9 cu in)  
9.5  
Bore×Stroke  
Displacement  
Compression ratio  
qElectrical System  
Item  
Classification  
12V-48AH/5HR MF  
12V-55AH/5HR MF  
L3K9 18 110A*1  
L3Y3 18 110  
Battery  
Spark-plug number  
Spark-plug gap  
*1 ex factory  
0.700.80 mm (0.0280.031 in)  
CAUTION  
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on  
the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.  
qLubricant Quality  
Lubricant  
Classification  
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-12.  
JWS3309  
Engine oil  
Automatic transaxle oil  
Transfer case oil  
API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)  
Rear differential oil  
Power steering fluid  
Brake fluid  
API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)  
ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)  
SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3  
10-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page395  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (395,1)  
Specifications  
qCapacities  
(Approximate Quantities)  
Item  
Capacity  
With oil filter replacement  
Without oil filter replacement  
5.7 L (6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt)  
5.3 L (5.6 US qt, 4.7 Imp qt)  
9.0 L (9.5 US qt, 7.9 Imp qt)  
7.0 L (7.4 US qt, 6.2 Imp qt)  
1.2 L (1.3 US qt, 1.1 Imp qt)  
1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)  
Engine oil  
Coolant  
Automatic transaxle fluid  
Transfer case oil  
Rear differential oil  
With low washer fluid level  
warning light  
4.5 L (4.8 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt)  
Washer fluid  
Without low washer fluid level  
warning light  
2.5 L (2.6 US qt, 2.2 Imp qt)  
Fuel tank  
69.0 L (18.2 US gal, 15.2 Imp gal)  
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.  
qDimensions  
Item  
Vehicle specification  
4,680 mm (184.3 in)  
4,675 mm (184.1 in)  
1,872 mm (73.7 in)  
1,645 mm (64.8 in)  
1,617 mm (63.7 in)  
1,612 mm (63.5 in)  
2,750 mm (108.3 in)  
With license plate holder  
Overall length  
Without license plate holder  
Overall width  
Overall height  
Front tread  
Rear tread  
Wheelbase  
qWeights  
Weight  
Item  
2WD  
AWD  
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)  
2,168 kg (4,780 lbs)  
1,150 kg (2,535 lbs)  
1,022 kg (2,253 lbs)  
2,267 kg (4,998 lbs)  
1,189 kg (2,621 lbs)  
1,083 kg (2,388 lbs)  
Front  
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)  
Rear  
qAir Conditioner  
Gas complies with SAE J639  
Maximum operating charge  
0.5 kg (1.1 lbs)  
HFC134a (R-134a)  
10-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page396  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (396,1)  
Specifications  
qLight Bulbs  
Exterior light  
Category  
Light bulb  
Wattage  
60  
ECE R (SAE)  
HB3 (#9005)  
H7 (H7)  
High beam  
Headlights  
Low beam  
Halogen  
55  
Xenon fusion  
35  
D2S ()  
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights  
Front side-marker lights  
Fog lightsí  
27/8  
5
(#1157NA)  
W5W (#168)  
H11 (H11)  
55  
High-mount brake light*1  
Rear turn signal lights  
Brake lights/Taillights  
Reverse lights  
2.4  
21  
()  
WY21W ()  
W21/5W (#7743)  
W21W (#7440)  
W5W (#168)  
W5W (#168)  
21/5  
21  
License plate lights  
5
Rear side-marker lights  
5
*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.  
Interior light  
Category  
Light bulb  
Wattage  
ECE R  
W5W  
Overhead lights/Map lights (Front)  
Overhead light (Rear)  
5
10  
10  
Luggage compartment light  
qTires  
NOTE  
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.  
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type  
originally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.  
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.  
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-28.  
Standard tire  
Inflation pressure  
Tire size  
Front  
Rear  
P235/60R18 102H  
220 kPa (32 psi)  
220 kPa (32 psi)  
10-6  
íSome models.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page397  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (397,1)  
Specifications  
Temporary spare tire  
Tire size  
Inflation pressure  
420 kPa (60 psi)  
T155/90D18 103M  
qFuses  
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-40.  
10-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page398  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (398,1)  
10-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page399  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (399,1)  
Index  
11  
11-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
 
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page400  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (400,1)  
Index  
A
B
Battery  
Beep Sounds  
Beeps  
Brake  
Brakes  
Automatic Transaxle  
C
11-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page401  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (401,1)  
Index  
C
E
Engine  
Engine Coolant  
Child Restraint  
D
Defroster  
F
Flasher  
Fluids  
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Operation  
11-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page402  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (402,1)  
Index  
F
I
Fuel  
G
H
Headlights  
J
K
L
I
Ignition  
11-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page403  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (403,1)  
Index  
L
P
Light Bulbs  
R
M
Maintenance  
Mirrors  
S
Seat Belt System  
Seats  
O
P
11-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page404  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (404,1)  
Index  
S
T
Security System  
Tires  
Towing  
T
Tiedown  
V
W
Warning Light  
11-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page405  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (405,1)  
Index  
W
Windows  
11-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  
CX-7_8V28-EA-06B_Edition2 Page406  
Monday, March 13 2006 5:8 PM  
Black plate (406,1)  
11-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Form No.8V28-EA-06B  

Kustom Stereo Amplifier 16R User Manual
Land Pride Brush Cutter RCR2560 User Manual
Land Pride Lawn Mower FDR1548 User Manual
Land Pride Snow Blower SB1574 User Manual
LG Electronics Computer Monitor W2600H User Manual
Liebert Surge Protector NET1080T User Manual
Linksys Switch EZXS16W User Manual
Magnepan Speaker Magneplanar CC3 User Manual
Maverick Ventures Thermometer ET 73 User Manual
MicroNet Technology Network Card SP906GK User Manual